Commit graph

5590 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
da8478a1ab EAPOL supp: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37e3501bf7 FST: Convert Boolean to C99 bool
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-24 17:06:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c5edededa DPP: Fix config exchange with gas_rand_mac_addr
Do not use a random MAC address for the GAS exchange that is used as
part of the DPP protocol exchange since that would break DPP.
Configurator expects the same MAC address to be used for DPP
Authentication exchange and DPP Configuration exchange (GAS).

Since the DPP Authentication exchange has already used the MAC address
configured on the interface, use of a random address for the GAS
exchange would not provide any additional privacy protection. If a
random MAC address needs to be used for this type of an exchange, that
random address would need to be first configured on the interface before
starting DPP exchange.

This does not change GAS query behavior for any other use case, i.e.,
the gas_rand_mac_addr configuration continues to apply to all the
Interworking/Hotspot 2.0 uses.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-22 17:09:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d2ec436e3 DPP: Add driver operation for enabling/disabling listen mode
This can be used to configure RX filter to be able to receive broadcast
DPP Public Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-20 23:52:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c70b7d0b4 Do not open l2_packet(EAPOL) for receive unnecessarily
If the driver supports control port for EAPOL RX, do not register
l2_packet for RX to minimize unnecessary operation load.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 17:42:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3bb8865a0 Clean up l2_packet_get_own_addr() call
There is no need for this to be outside the if block that is used to
check whether l2_packet is used for the interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 16:50:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d6334e811 Do not open l2_packet bridge workaround socket if control port is used
This allows wpa_supplicant to avoid the packet socket workaround for
cases where a bridge interface is used if the driver supports control
port for EAPOL frame TX and RX.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 16:50:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb9e3935dd driver: Add second driver capability flags bitmap
All 64 bits of the capability flags bitmap are used, so add a new
variable to hold future capability bits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-19 15:53:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6255a8ac1f WPS: Convert WPA/TKIP-only to WPA+WPA2 mixed mode credential
This case of accepting WPA/TKIP-only credential based on internal
registrar request to configure an AP to use TKIP was still remaining
while all the WPS cases were supposed to enable mixed mode
automatically. This is bit of a corner case since this is based on
explicit local request to configure TKIP, but anyway, convert this one
as well to allow WPA2/CCMP to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-17 23:51:58 +03:00
Disha Das
6b1c590ebb Allow TKIP support to be removed from build
Add a build flag CONFIG_NO_TKIP=y to remove all TKIP functionality from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant builds. This disables use of TKIP as both the
pairwise and group cipher. The end result does not interoperate with a
WPA(v1)-only device or WPA+WPA2 mixed modes.

Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-17 23:51:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b2d8dc59f4 FT: Testing override for RSNXE Used subfield in FTE
Allow wpa_supplicant to be requested to override the RSNXE Used subfield
in FT reassociation case for testing purposes with "SET ft_rsnxe_used
<0/1/2>" where 0 = no override, 1 = override to 1, and 2 = override to
0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-14 16:37:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
97beccc838 SAE: Fix build without DPP/OWE/ERP
SAE needs sha256-kdf.c to be included in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-04-04 18:11:11 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
c7a9a5745b P2P: Start group with user configured params after accepting invitation
Use global configuration parameters while invoking a persistent P2P
group after accepting P2P Invitation Request from a peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 20:32:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
512b6c02e0 DPP: Mandate mutual auth with NFC negotiated connection handover
Mark own bootstrap information as having been used in NFC negotiated
connection handover and do not accept non-mutual authentication when
processing Authentication Response from the peer when such bootstrapping
information is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-03 16:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e4eb009d98 DPP2: Add Connector and C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials for reconfig
If the Enrollee indicates support for DPP R2 or newer, add Connector and
C-sign-key in psk/sae credentials (i.e., cases where DPP AKM is not
enabled) for reconfiguration. Extend processing of such credentials in
wpa_supplicant network profile addition to handle this new case
correctly by not setting key_mgmt=DPP based on Connector being present,
but by looking at the actual akm value in the config object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-02 21:34:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1dcfbab254 DPP2: Clear requirement for QR Code mutual authentication for chirping
The chirping cases are not really targeting interactive operations, so
clear the requirement for mutual authentication when DPP_CHIRP command
is used. This avoids testing isues where an earlier DPP_LISTEN command
has used qr=mutual parameter and that seting not getting cleared before
the next DPP_CHIRP command is used.

This fixes a test case failure in the following test sequence:
dpp_auth_resp_status_failure dpp_controller_relay_chirp

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-01 17:19:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e794989e5 Beacon frame protection event for incorrect protection
Define a driver interface event for Beacon frame protection failures.
Report such events over the control interface and send a
WNM-Notification Request frame to the AP as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-04-01 16:22:48 +03:00
P Praneesh
7c8f540ee0 wpa_supplicant: Add HE override support
Add HE override support under the build parameter CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES=y.
The disable_he=1 network profile parameter can be used to disable HE.
This requires a fallback to VHT on the 5 GHz band and to HT on the 2.4
GHz band.

There is no nl80211 support for configuring the driver to disable HE, so
for now, this applies only to IBSS and mesh cases.

Signed-off-by: P Praneesh <ppranees@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-30 12:55:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4f5d1f0c7 DPP: Add some more details on how to use DPP
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-29 23:24:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66e20bb1a7 Fix the dpp_configurator_sign example command
The mandatory ssid parameter was forgotten from this command when it was
added to the dpp_auth_init examples.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-29 23:07:42 +03:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
bbf94a0958 nl80211: Configure PMKSA lifetime and reauth threshold timer to driver
Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime and reauth
threshold time of configured PMKSA so that they can trigger full
authentication to avoid unnecessary disconnection. To support this, send
dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime and dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold values
configured in wpa_supplicant to the driver while configuring a PMKSA.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 17:27:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5058f771d9 DPP2: Allow station to require or not allow PFS
The new wpa_supplicant network profile parameter dpp_pfs can be used to
specify how PFS is applied to associations. The default behavior
(dpp_pfs=0) remains same as it was previously, i.e., try to use PFS if
the AP supports it. PFS use can now be required (dpp_pfs=1) or disabled
(dpp_pfs=2).

This is also working around an interoperability issue of DPP R2 STA with
certain hostapd builds that included both OWE and DPP functionality.
That issue was introduced by commit 09368515d1 ("OWE: Process
Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in AP mode") and removed by commit
16a4e931f0 ("OWE: Allow Diffie-Hellman Parameter element to be
included with DPP"). hostapd builds between those two commits would
reject DPP association attempt with PFS. The new wpa_supplicant default
(dpp_pfs=0) behavior is to automatically try to connect again with PFS
disabled if that happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-28 17:23:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06dd32903d DPP2: Presence Announcement processing at Configurator
Process received Presence Announcement frames and initiate
Authentication exchange if matching information is available on the
Configurator.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
562f77144c DPP2: Chirping in wpa_supplicant Enrollee
Add a new wpa_supplicant control interface command "DPP_CHIRP own=<BI
ID> iter=<count>" to request chirping, i.e., sending of Presence
Announcement frames, to be started.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 20:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
547dc7eaa3 DPP: Add DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET command
"DPP_BOOTSTRAP_SET <ID> <configurator parameters..>" can now be used to
set peer specific configurator parameters which will override any global
parameters from dpp_configurator_params.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
514cc49ba5 DPP: Store global pointers in struct dpp_authentication
Set the global pointer and msg_ctx when allocating struct
dpp_authentication instead of needing to pass these to
dpp_set_configurator().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 17:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc95d58330 Fix a typo in function documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-27 12:43:28 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
8ca6f924d6 STA: Fix wpa_clear_keys() PTK key deletion logic
We have to delete PTK keys when either BIT(0) or BIT(15) are zero and
not only when both are zero.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-26 00:33:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
96686e637c wpa_supplicant AP mode configuration for Transition Disable KDE
Allow AP mode network profile in wpa_supplicant to be configured to
advertise Transition Disable DKE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:18:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d1857cf35 Process Transition Disable KDE in station mode
Check whether the Transition Disable KDE is received from an
authenticated AP and if so, whether it contains valid indication for
disabling a transition mode. If that is the case, update the local
network profile by removing the less secure options.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-26 00:13:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41c3f0cd5b Allow last configured Key ID for TK to be fetched from wpa_supplicant
"GET last_tk_key_idx" can now be used in testing build to determine
which was the last configured Key ID for the pairwise key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-23 11:47:31 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
b17b7a8e53 STA: Support Extended Key ID
Support Extended Key ID in wpa_supplicant according to
IEEE Std 802.11-2016 for infrastructure (AP) associations.

Extended Key ID allows to rekey pairwise keys without the otherwise
unavoidable MPDU losses on a busy link. The standard is fully backward
compatible, allowing STAs to also connect to APs not supporting it.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-23 11:47:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b967b5e859 Limit scan frequency list to 100 entries
There is no real use case for the scan to be requested on more than 100
channels individually. To avoid excessively long lists with invalid
configuration, use 100 entry limit for the list before dropping to the
fallback scan-all-channels option.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:51:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2c23195ad D-Bus: Use size_t for values theoretically larger than 16-bit int
These are theoretical cases with 32-bit integers, but cases that could
potentially hit an integer overflow with 16-bit int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d2d16e3100 Use size_t instead of int or unsigned int for configuration items
While int and unsigned int are not going overflow in practice as 32-bit
values, these could at least in theory hit an integer overflow with
16-bit int. Use size_t to avoid such potential issue cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4391ddd639 Use size_t instead of unsigned_int for last_scan_res
This avoids a theoretical unsigned integer overflow case with 32-bit
integers, but something that could potentially be hit with 16-bit int
(though, even that part looks pretty theoretical in this particular case
of number of BSSs in scan results).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-22 18:50:04 +02:00
Matthew Wang
22f0318dbd Interpolate rate calculation functions
Make max_*_rate() functions and rate calculation at the beginning of
wpas_get_est_tpt() more continuous. In wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(), we
compare these values to make a roaming decision. However, at certain
SNRs, we see unrealistically large jumps in estimated throughput
according to these functions, leading us to make incorrect roaming
decisions. Perform linear interpolation where applicable to more
accurately reflect actual throughput.

Example:
wlan0: Current BSS: 88:3d:24:b4:95:d2 freq=2412 level=-69 snr=20 est_throughput=54000
wlan0: Selected BSS: 88:3d:24:b4:89:9e freq=2417 level=-67 snr=22 est_throughput=63500
wlan0: Using signal poll values for the current BSS: level=-69 snr=20 est_throughput=54000
wlan0: Allow reassociation - selected BSS has better estimated throughput

2 dB increase in RSSI likely isn't responsible for a 17% increase in
throughput.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-03-21 19:00:44 +02:00
Matthew Wang
3a25897ef7 Adjust max bitrate SNR floors
These values were defined in commit a1b790eb9d ("Select AP based on
estimated maximum throughput") with no justification. Other sources
[0,1,2] give a different (consistent) set of SNR floors per MCS index.
Adjust the values accordingly.

[0] http://www.revolutionwifi.net/revolutionwifi/2014/09/wi-fi-snr-to-mcs-data-rate-mapping.html
[1] https://higher-frequency.blogspot.com/2016/10/80211n-80211ac-data-rates-and-snr.html
[2] https://www.wlanpros.com/resources/mcs-index-802-11ac-vht-chart/

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-03-21 18:17:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eb26a6997d Allow SA Query to be disabled for testing purposes
The new wpa_supplicant control interface SET parameter disable_sa_query
can now be used to disable SA Query on receiving unprotected
disconnection event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-21 18:12:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6140cca819 FT: Omit RSNXE from FT protocol Reassociation Request when needed
The previous design for adding RSNXE into FT was not backwards
compatible. Move to a new design based on 20/332r3 to avoid that issue
by not include RSNXE in the FT protocol Reassociation Request frame so
that an AP not supporting RSNXE can still validate the FTE MIC
correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-21 00:01:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fab94f16e6 Indicate scan completion in active AP mode even when ignoring results
This is needed to avoid leaving external components (through control
interface or D-Bus) timing out while waiting for the scan completion
events. This was already taken care of for the scan-only case
("TYPE=only"), but the scan-and-allow-roaming case did not report the
scan completion event when operating in AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 21:18:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f21fbfb977 Allow RSNE in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 to be overridden for testing purposes
The new wpa_supplicant control interface parameter rsne_override_eapol
can be used similarly to the earlier rsnxe_override_eapol to override
the RSNE value added into EAPOL-Key msg 2/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-15 11:11:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e861fa1f6b Move the "WPA: AP key_mgmt" debug print to be after final changes
Driver capabilities may end up masking out some WPA_KEY_MGMT_* bits, so
debug print the outcome only after having performed all these steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-13 20:01:53 +02:00
Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan
1d9cff86bd Multi-AP: Set 4-address mode after network selection
Split multi_ap_process_assoc_resp() to set 4-address mode after network
selection. Previously, wpa_s->current_ssid might have been NULL in some
cases and that would have resulted in 4-address mode not getting enabled
properly.

Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthi Gnanasambandhan <gguru@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-13 17:00:19 +02:00
Ananya Barat
2b9713d616 Fill the current opclass in (Re)AssocRequest depending on HT/VHT IEs
The previous implementation was assuming a fixed 20 MHz channel
bandwidth when determining which operating class value to indicate as
the Current Operating Class in the Supported Operating Classes element.
This is not accurate for many HT/VHT cases.

Fix this by determining the current operating class (i.e., the operating
class used for the requested association) based on the HT/VHT operation
elements from scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-11 18:30:31 +02:00
Arturo Buzarra
1f13c1393c mesh: Fix CONFIG_HT_OVERRIDES build without CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES
Commit e5a9b1e8a3 ("mesh: Implement use of VHT20 config in mesh mode")
introduced the possibility to check the disable_vht param. However, this
entry is only available when CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES is enabled and as
such, this broke the build for some cases.

Fix this by encapsulating VHT property with the proper CONFIG entry.

Fixes: e5a9b1e8a3 ("mesh: Implement use of VHT20 config in mesh mode")
Signed-off-by: Arturo Buzarra <arturo.buzarra@digi.com>
2020-03-10 22:55:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52efde2aaa WPS: Do not set auth_alg=OPEN for PSK+SAE case
When wps_cred_add_sae=1 is used, WPS_AUTH_WPA2PSK credential gets
converted to enabling both PSK and SAE AKMs. However, this case was
still hardcoded auth_alg=OPEN which is not really correct for SAE. While
the SME-in-wpa_supplicant case can handle that, the SME-in-driver case
might not. Remove the unnecessary auth_alg=OPEN configuration to get the
normal PSK+SAE configuration enabled for the network profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-10 20:48:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10223b501b SAE: Expose sae_write_commit() error cases to callers
Check whether an error is reported from any of the functions that could
in theory fail and if so, do not proceed with the partially filled SAE
commit buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:59:42 +02:00
Joshua DeWeese
fe0429a589 Replace systemd install Alias with WantedBy
According to the systemd documentation "WantedBy=foo.service in a
service bar.service is mostly equivalent to
Alias=foo.service.wants/bar.service in the same file." However,
this is not really the intended purpose of install Aliases.

Signed-off-by: Joshua DeWeese <jdeweese@hennypenny.com>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4bf6a5d44 OWE: Allow BSS entry with different SSID to be used in transition mode
Similarly to the wpa_supplicant_select_config() case,
wpa_get_beacon_ie() needs to handle the special case for OWE transition
mode where the SSID in the network profile does not match the SSID of
the OWE BSS (that has a hidden, random SSID). Accept such a BSS in case
the current scan results needs to be fetched for verifying EAPOL-Key msg
3/4 IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c73811507 OWE: Mark BSS for transition mode based on active OWE network profiles
It is possible for the hidden OWE BSS to be found based on SSID-specific
scan (e.g., from the special OWE scan mechanism). In that sequence, the
previously used learning of OWE BSS was skipped since the SSID was
already present in the BSS entry. This could result in not being able to
find a matching BSS entry for the OWE BSS in transition mode.

Fix this by adding the BSS flag for transition mode based on SSID
matching against currently enabled OWE network profiles in addition to
the previous mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-08 16:16:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecb5219d8c OWE: Avoid incorrect profile update in transition mode
The "unexpected" change of SSID between the current network profile
(which uses the SSID from the open BSS in OWE transition mode) and the
association with the OWE BSS (which uses a random, hidden SSID) resulted
in wpa_supplicant incorrectly determining that this was a
driver-initiated BSS selection ("Driver-initiated BSS selection changed
the SSID to <the random SSID from OWE BSS>" in debug log).

This ended up with updating security parameters based on the network
profile inwpa_supplicant_set_suites() instead of using the already
discovered information from scan results. In particular, this cleared
the RSN supplicant state machine information of AP RSNE and resulted in
having to fetch the scan results for the current BSS when processing
EAPOL-Key msg 3/4.

Fix this by recognizing the special case for OWE transition mode where
the SSID for the associated AP does not actually match the SSID in the
network profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-07 18:03:32 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
be15f33d07 Replace WPA_ALG_PMK with KEY_FLAG_PMK
Drop the no longer needed internal alg WPA_ALG_PMK and use KEY_FLAG_PMK
as replacement.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Andrew Siplas
2dd72315d9 wpa_cli: Add missing quote around interface name
There was only an open quote present.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Siplas <andrew@asiplas.net>
2020-03-06 21:44:31 +02:00
Zhaoyang Liu
87775e32f6 Fix segmentation fault for NULL confname in SAVE_CONFIG
When wpa_supplicant interface is added without a configuration file, the
SAVE_CONFIG command causes a segmentation fault due to referencing a
NULL pointer if the update_config parameter is first explicitly enabled.

Fix the issue by checking the confname for NULL before saving
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-06 11:21:58 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
5fdacce465 Allow wildcard SSID to be enforced for a specific BSSID scan
Specific BSSID scan was replacing wildcard SSID with the known SSID if
any BSS with the specified BSSID is available in the known BSSes list.

Add control interface support to force use of a wildcard SSID in a
specific BSSID scan by user with the new "wildcard_ssid=1" argument to
the SCAN command.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-02 20:33:52 +02:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
43282f7329 mesh: Fix HE enablement on 5 GHz with VHT
Incorrect he_enabled parameter was being passed to
hostapd_set_freq_params() in mesh which caused HE to be not fully
enabled on the 5 GHz band. Fix this by setting freq->he_enabled instead
of vht_freq.he_enabled so that the hostapd_set_freq_params() uses the
correct he_enabled value (and then ends up copying this to
vht_freq.he_enabled in the success case).

Fixes: 6e711e7ab3 ("mesh: Do not enable HE on 5 GHz without VHT")
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2020-03-02 19:54:35 +02:00
Sachin Shelke
21f835e640 SAE: Allow SAE-only network profile with sae_password to be written
The commit a34ca59e (SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately
(STA)) added sae_password configuration option. We should also consider
sae_password in the wpa_config_write() function which stores the valid
network block details to an external database.

Fixes: a34ca59e4d ("SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (STA)")
Signed-off-by: Sachin Shelke <sachin.shelke@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <xiaohua.luo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganapathi Bhat <ganapathi.bhat@nxp.com>
2020-03-02 11:49:19 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
c1a6b1e47e privsep: Add key_flag to set_key()
Pass through the new key_flag to wpa_priv.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-03-01 21:11:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
852d370f65 Silence a compiler warning in no-WEP and no-EAP builds
wep_keys_set was not used in wpas_start_assoc_cb() without
IEEE8021X_EAPOL, so need to make this local variable conditional on
build options.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-03-01 20:57:14 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c4988e73c0 driver: Extend send_mlme() with wait option
PASN authentication can be performed while a station interface is
connected to an AP. To allow sending PASN frames while connected, extend
the send_mlme() driver callback to also allow a wait option. Update the
relevant drivers and wpa_supplicant accordingly.

hostapd calls for send_mlme() are left unchanged, since the wait option
is not required there.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2020-02-29 23:03:20 +02:00
Brian Norris
7a9c367225 DBus: Add "sae" to interface key_mgmt capabilities
This will be present when the driver supports SAE and it's included in
the wpa_supplicant build.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-02-29 18:01:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
200c7693c9 Make WEP functionality an optional build parameter
WEP should not be used for anything anymore. As a step towards removing
it completely, move all WEP related functionality to be within
CONFIG_WEP blocks. This will be included in builds only if CONFIG_WEP=y
is explicitly set in build configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-29 17:45:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3fadb1dcc0 WPS: Ignore other APs if PBC is used with a specific BSSID
While the WSC specification requires the Enrollee to stop PBC
provisioning if the scan sees multiple APs in active PBC mode, this is
problematic due to some deployed devices continuing to advertise PBC
mode for extended duration (or even permanently). Such an environment
will still need to prevent wildcard AP selection with PBC since an
incorrect device could be selected. However, if the Enrollee device has
been explicitly requested to connect to a specific AP based on its
BSSID, the other APs in scan results can be ignored without affecting
which AP would be selected (only the one matching the specified BSSID is
acceptable).

Start filtering scan results for PBC session overlap check based on the
locally specified constraint on the BSSID, if one is set. This allows
PBC to be used with "WPS_PBC <BSSID>" command in environment where
another AP device is claiming to be in active PBC mode while "WPS_PBC"
command will still continue to reject provisioning since the correct AP
cannot be selected.

This will also cover the P2P cases where P2P_CONNECT is used to start or
authorize GO Negotiation and joining-a-GO with a specific P2P GO
Interface Address (BSSID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-24 19:53:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f84a93f65 Fix a type in wpa_supplicant defconfig
ap_mode=1 explanation in CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y was really supposed
to be talking about ap_scan=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-24 00:05:20 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
0e05e8781a Simplify wpa_deny_ptk0_rekey documentation
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 23:59:58 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
12fb9698ab Use IFNAME= prefix for global UDP control interface events
There does not seem to be a good reason for using the different IFACE=
prefix on the UDP control interface. This got added when the UDP
interface in wpa_supplicant was extended in commit f0e5d3b5c6
("wpa_supplicant: Share attach/detach/send UDP ctrl_iface functions")
and that was then extended to hostapd in commit e920805685 ("hostapd:
Extend global control interface notifications").

Replace the IFACE= prefix in UDP case with IFNAME= to be consistent with
the UNIX domain socket based control interface.

This fixes a problem when at least one test case fail (hapd_ctrl_sta)
when remote/udp used. This also fixes test_connectivity().

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
2020-02-23 15:40:58 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
293631f177 IBSS RSN: Coding style cleanup
Use consistent style for pointers.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 13:12:28 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
1f90a49d02 STA: Allow PTK rekeying without Ext KeyID to be disabled as a workaround
Rekeying a pairwise key using only keyid 0 (PTK0 rekey) has many broken
implementations and should be avoided when using or interacting with
one. The effects can be triggered by either end of the connection and
range from hardly noticeable disconnects over long connection freezes up
to leaking clear text MPDUs.

To allow affected users to mitigate the issues, add a new configuration
option "wpa_deny_ptk0_rekey" to replace all PTK0 rekeys with fast
reconnects.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-02-23 13:05:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9ac44fcbc Make INTERWORKING_CONNECT more reliable in testing environment
Pick the most recently added BSS entry based on BSSID matching to avoid
issues in testing environment where the SSID of the AP may have changed
and both the old and new BSS is still present in the scan results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3bcd69603 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211N build option
Hardcoded CONFIG_IEEE80211N to be included to clean up implementation.
More or less all new devices support IEEE 802.11n (HT) and there is not
much need for being able to remove that functionality from the build.
Included this unconditionally to get rid of one more build options and
to keep things simpler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-22 19:20:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2d4c78aef7 Configure received BIGTK on station/supplicant side
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-18 00:18:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbf59e693 wpa_supplicant configuration for Beacon protection
Add a new wpa_supplicant network profile configuration parameter
beacon_prot=<0/1> to allow Beacon protection to be enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-18 00:18:47 +02:00
Didier Raboud
8155b36fae Fix VERSION_STR printf() calls in case the postfix strings include %
Do not use VERSION_STR directly as the format string to printf() since
it is possible for that string to contain '%'.

Signed-off-by: Didier Raboud <odyx@debian.org>
2020-02-17 19:17:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
466e48dcd7 HT: Remove SMPS in AP mode
SM Power Save was described in somewhat unclear manner in IEEE Std
802.11n-2009 as far the use of it locally in an AP to save power. That
was clarified in IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to allow only a non-AP STA to use
SMPS while the AP is required to support an associated STA doing so. The
AP itself cannot use SMPS locally and the HT Capability advertisement
for this is not appropriate.

Remove the parts of SMPS support that involve the AP using it locally.
In practice, this reverts the following commits:
04ee647d58 ("HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode")
8f461b50cf ("HT: Pass the smps_mode in AP parameters")
da1080d721 ("nl80211: Advertise and configure SMPS modes")

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-16 13:58:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b056275111 Fix exception checking in a wpa_supplicant P2P example script
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-02-15 18:36:29 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
75d0ec4702 P2P: Fix a possible buffer overflow in struct p2p_reg_class
Avoid adding more than P2P_MAX_REG_CLASSES operating classes or
P2P_MAX_REG_CLASS_CHANNELS channels while populating P2P channels. The
current limits on the operating classes or channels per operating class
could be hit in some case (mainly, with 6 GHz, but in theory, with a
2.4/5/60 GHz capable device as well).

If the local driver advertised a larger number of supported operarting
classes or channels per operating class, the construction of the struct
p2p_reg_class instances could have resulted in writing beyond the end of
the buffer and ending up corrupting memory around the struct p2p_config.
This could result in unexpected behavior in some other operations that
used corrupted memory, e.g., generation of a P2P Channel List failing
(with validation code stopping the process to avoid writing beyond the
end of the message buffer) due to not having sufficient buffer space for
the corrupted data.

This issue is triggered only based on information from the local driver
(mainly based on addition of support for 6 GHz band operating classes),
so the issue cannot be triggered based on received frames or any other
remote information.

The issue was introduced by commit d7c2c5c98c ("AP: Add initial
support for 6 GHz band") which added the operating class 131 which has
sufficiently large number of channels to go beyond the
P2P_MAX_REG_CLASS_CHANNELS limit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-12 23:17:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c304bddcf9 DPP: Stop Action frame sequence on DPP_STOP_LISTEN and PKEX failure
Previously it was possible for the PKEX/DPP exchange to terminate with
an error and the ongoing Action frame TX/RX offchannel operation not
getting terminated. This could leave the driver waiting on offchannel
until timeout and failing following operations before that timeout
happens. Fix this by explicitly stopping the Action frame sequence in
the driver in the previously missed cases.

This fixes a case that was showing up with the following test sequence
every now and then:
dpp_qr_code_chan_list_unicast dpp_pkex_test_fail dpp_enrollee_reject_config

dpp_pkex_test_fail was adding a large number of pending offchannel
operations and dpp_enrollee_reject_config could fail if those pending
operations were blocking new remain-on-channel or offchannel TX
operation for a sufficiently long time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 07:09:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c7cc80fbc8 DPP: Reset DPP_AUTH_INIT netrole back to STA by default
Previously DPP_AUTH_INIT command update wpa_s->dpp_netrole only if the
netrole parameter was included. This could leave AP or configurator
network in place for the next DPP_AUTH_INIT command. This would be
unexpected behavior, so reset wpa_s->dpp_netrole back to the
DPP_NETROLE_STA default if no explicit netrole parameter is included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 06:33:24 +02:00
Veerendranath Jakkam
adf3de44ca Add check to consider band in enabling connection_vht flag
connection_vht flag was set to true when both Association Request and
Response frame IEs have VHT capability. Thus all devices that have
support for the vendor specific partial VHT support in the 2.4 GHz band
were also being reported as VHT capable. However, IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
defines VHT STA to operate in frequency bands below 6 GHz excluding the
2.4 GHz band.

Do not set connection_vht when the operating band is 2.4 GHz. This
avoids reporting wifi_generation 5 on the 2.4 GHz band and reserves the
generation value 5 for full VHT as defined in the IEEE 802.11 standard.

Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-11 05:19:16 +02:00
Matthew Wang
23dc196fde Check for FT support when selecting FT suites
A driver supports FT if it either supports SME or the
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES command. When selecting AKM suites,
wpa_supplicant currently doesn't take into account whether or not either
of those conditions are met. This can cause association failures, e.g.,
when an AP supports both WPA-EAP and FT-EAP but the driver doesn't
support FT (wpa_supplicant will decide to do FT-EAP since it is unaware
the driver doesn't support it). This change allows an FT suite to be
selected only when the driver also supports FT.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2020-02-10 06:43:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
641d79f165 SAE: Special test mode sae_pwe=3 for looping with password identifier
The new sae_pwe=3 mode can be used to test non-compliant behavior with
SAE Password Identifiers. This can be used to force use of
hunting-and-pecking loop for PWE derivation when Password Identifier is
used. This is not allowed by the standard and as such, this
functionality is aimed at compliance testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-10 05:13:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca1cecc54d SAE: Verify that appropriate Status Code is used in SAE commit (SME)
Previous version accepted both 0 and 126 values in SAE commit message
from the AP. Explicitly check that the value the AP uses matches what
the STA started with to avoid unexpected cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4dc3b70deb DPP: Try to negotiate different parameters if NFC handover fails
This is mainly for NFC testing purposes now since the own DPP parameters
are not yet updated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61c049da3d DPP: Allow local channel list to be set
The new dpp-nfc.py command line argument --chan can be used to replace
the local channel list default (81/1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-02-08 07:19:53 +02:00
Matthew Wang
fee28410de scan_est_throughput: Use ie_len instead of res->ie_len
Local variable should be used. This fixes an issue where IEs are
available only from a Beacon frame.

Fixes: ad06ac0b0 ("Move throughput estimation into a helper function")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-02-02 21:55:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d9e320054 DPP: Received Configurator backup processing
Add local Configurator instance for each received Configurator backup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
312eac1d1e DPP: Add ASN.1 support into build
This will be needed in following patches to process DPPEnvelopedData.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-31 23:16:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
703c2b6457 DPP: Example script for NFC bootstrapping method
This Python script is an example on how nfcpy can be used to drive an
NFC Device to perform DPP bootstrapping operations over DPP (tag with
NFC URI and negotiated connection handover).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 21:58:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e287724ee DPP: NFC negotiated connection handover
Add new control interface commands "DPP_NFC_HANDOVER_REQ own=<id>
uri=<URI>" and "DPP_NFC_HANDOVER_SEL own=<id> uri=<URI>" to support NFC
negotiated connection handover. These commands are used to report a DPP
URI received from a peer NFC Device in Handover Request and Handover
Select messages. The commands return peer bootstrapping information ID
or FAIL on failure. The returned ID is used similarly to any other
bootstrapping information to initiate DPP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-27 20:36:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b138d2826 OWE: PTK derivation workaround in STA mode
Initial OWE implementation used SHA256 when deriving the PTK for all OWE
groups. This was supposed to change to SHA384 for group 20 and SHA512
for group 21. The new owe_ptk_workaround=1 network parameter can be used
to enable older behavior mainly for testing purposes. There is no impact
to group 19 behavior, but if enabled, this will make group 20 and 21
cases use SHA256-based PTK derivation which will not work with the
updated OWE implementation on the AP side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-24 00:47:41 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
d0e116f61f Enhance get_mode() to return correct hw_mode with 6 GHz support
The 5 GHz channels are stored in one hw_features set with mode
HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A while the 6 GHz channels will need to be stored
in a separate hw_features set (but with same mode
HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A) due to possibility of different HT/VHT/HE
capabilities being available between the 5 GHz and 6 GHz bands.

Iterate through all hw_features sets and check and match the band of
channel supported by the hw_features set while getting the hw_features
set in get_mode(). This allows both the 5 GHz and 6 GHz channels to be
found and correct capabilities to be used in cases where the driver
reports different capability values between 5 and 6 GHz channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-23 15:48:51 +02:00
Chaitanya Tata
4658eb77d6 Remove deprecated text for ap_scan=0
Users might be tempted to try ap_scan=0 for offloading scan,
ap_selection and, WPA to driver. Update the text to reflect that this is
deprecated.

Jouni confirmed deprecation in
https://www.spinics.net/lists/hostap/msg06482.html

Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Tata <chaitanya.tata@bluwireless.com>
2020-01-21 18:17:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e32fb0170 SAE: Use Anti-Clogging Token Container element with H2E
IEEE P802.11-REVmd was modified to use a container IE for anti-clogging
token whenver H2E is used so that parsing of the SAE Authentication
frames can be simplified.

See this document for more details of the approved changes:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/19/11-19-2154-02-000m-sae-anti-clogging-token.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 13:13:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e36a5894d0 SAE: Use H2E whenever Password Identifier is used
IEEE P802.11-REVmd was modified to require H2E to be used whenever
Password Identifier is used with SAE.

See this document for more details of the approved changes:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/19/11-19-2154-02-000m-sae-anti-clogging-token.docx

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-21 13:13:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29dd0b3164 SAE H2E: Check H2E-only BSS membership selector only if SAE is enabled
This BSS membership selector has impact only for SAE functionality, so
ignore it when configured not to use SAE. This allows WPA-PSK connection
to and AP that advertises WPA-PSK and SAE while requiring H2E for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-20 21:17:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd530b8739 Silence compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_ROAMING=y
Comment out unused static functions if CONFIG_NO_ROAMING is defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 12:40:17 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
a919a26035 Introduce and add key_flag
Add the new set_key() parameter "key_flag" to provide more specific
description of what type of a key is being configured. This is needed to
be able to add support for "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed
Frames" from IEEE Std 802.11-2016. In addition, this may be used to
replace the set_tx boolean eventually once all the driver wrappers have
moved to using the new key_flag.

The following flag are defined:

  KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
    Set when an already installed key must be updated.
    So far the only use-case is changing RX/TX status of installed
    keys. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_DEFAULT
    Set when the key is also a default key. Must not be set when
    deleting a key. (This is the replacement for set_tx.)

  KEY_FLAG_RX
    The key is valid for RX. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_TX
    The key is valid for TX. Must not be set when deleting a key.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP
    The key is a broadcast or group key.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
    The key is a pairwise key.

  KEY_FLAG_PMK
    The key is a Pairwise Master Key (PMK).

Predefined and needed flag combinations so far are:

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX
    WEP key not used as default key (yet).

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX_DEFAULT
    Default WEP or WPA-NONE key.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX
    GTK key valid for RX only.

  KEY_FLAG_GROUP_TX_DEFAULT
    GTK key valid for TX only, immediately taking over TX.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX
    Pairwise key immediately becoming the active pairwise key.

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX
    Pairwise key not yet valid for TX. (Only usable with Extended Key ID
    support.)

  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY
    Enable TX for a pairwise key installed with KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX.

  KEY_FLAG_RX_TX
    Not a valid standalone key type and can only used in combination
    with other flags to mark a key for RX/TX.

This commit is not changing any functionality. It just adds the new
key_flag to all hostapd/wpa_supplicant set_key() functions without using
it, yet.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2020-01-09 12:38:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f822546451 driver: Move set_key() parameters into a struct
This makes it more convenient to add, remove, and modify the parameters
without always having to update every single driver_*.c implementation
of this callback function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-09 00:48:57 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
33c8a10498 Do not select APs found on disabled channels for connection
If a channel list changed event is received after a scan and before
selecting a BSS for connection, a BSS found on a now disabled channel
may get selected for connection. The connect request issued with the BSS
found on a disabled channel is rejected by cfg80211. Filter out the BSSs
found on disabled channels and select from the other BSSs found on
enabled channels to avoid unnecessary connection attempts that are bound
to fail.

The channel list information will be updated by the driver in cases like
country code update, disabling/enabling specific bands, etc. which can
occur between the scan and connection attempt.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2020-01-08 16:19:47 +02:00
Markus Theil
8296ee1805 RSN IBSS: Fix EAPOL TX using control port
This was previously done only in supplicant role, but a similar change
is needed for the authenticator role.

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-06 22:33:45 +02:00
Markus Theil
a79ed06871 Add no_encrypt flag for control port TX
In order to correctly encrypt rekeying frames, wpa_supplicant now checks
if a PTK is currently installed and sets the corresponding encrypt
option for tx_control_port().

Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de>
2020-01-05 20:34:50 +02:00
Brendan Jackman
144314eaa7 wpa_supplicant: Send EAPOL frames over nl80211 where available
Linux kernel v4.17 added the ability to request sending control port
frames via nl80211 instead of a normal network socket. Doing this
provides the device driver with ordering information between the
control port frames and the installation of keys. This empowers it to
avoid race conditions between, for example, PTK replacement and the
sending of frame 4 of the 4-way rekeying handshake in an RSNA. The
key difference between a TX_CONTROL_PORT and normal socket send is
that the device driver will certainly get any EAPOL frames comprising
a 4-way handshake before it gets the key installation call
for the derived key. By flushing its TX buffers it can then ensure
that no pending EAPOL frames are inadvertently encrypted with a key
that the peer will not yet have installed.

Update the RSN supplicant system to use this new operation for sending
EAPOL-Key frames when the driver reports that this capability is
available; otherwise, fall back to a normal Ethernet TX.

I have tested this on DMG (11ad/ay) devices with an out-of-tree Linux
driver that does not use mac80211. Without this patch I consistently see
PTK rekeying fail if message 4/4 shares a stream with other in-flight
traffic. With this patch, and the driver updated to flush the relevant TX
queue before overwriting a PTK (knowing, now, that if there was a message
4/4 related to the key installation, it has already entered the driver
queue), rekeying is reliable.

There is still data loss surrounding key installation - this problem is
alluded to in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 12.6.21, where extended Key ID
support is described as the eventual solution. This patch aims to at
least prevent rekeying from totally breaking the association, in a way
that works on kernels as far back as 4.17 (as per Alexander Wetzel
extended Key ID support should be possible on 5.2).

See http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/hostap/2019-May/040089.html for
a little more context.

Signed-off-by: Brendan Jackman <brendan.jackman@bluwireless.co.uk>
2020-01-05 20:34:15 +02:00
Brendan Jackman
8759e9116a nl80211: Control port over nl80211 helpers
Linux kernel v4.17 added the ability to request sending controlled port
frames (e.g., IEEE 802.1X controlled port EAPOL frames) via nl80211
instead of a normal network socket. Doing this provides the device
driver with ordering information between the control port frames and the
installation of keys. This empowers it to avoid race conditions between,
for example, PTK replacement and the sending of frame 4 of the 4-way
rekeying handshake in an RSNA. The key difference between the specific
control port and normal socket send is that the device driver will
certainly get any EAPOL frames comprising a 4-way handshake before it
gets the key installation call for the derived key. By flushing its TX
buffers it can then ensure that no pending EAPOL frames are
inadvertently encrypted with a key that the peer will not yet have
installed.

Add a CONTROL_PORT flag to the hostap driver API to report driver
capability for using a separate control port for EAPOL frames. This
operation is exactly like an Ethernet send except for the extra ordering
information it provides for device drivers. The nl80211 driver is
updated to support this operation when the device reports support for
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211. Also add a driver op
tx_control_port() for request a frame to be sent over the controlled
port.

Signed-off-by: Brendan Jackman <brendan.jackman@bluwireless.co.uk>
2020-01-05 19:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7bb2c0204 P2P: Move p2p_long_listen into struct wpa_global
This variable is not specific to any P2P group interface and since it
was already used through global->p2p_init_wpa_s, it is cleaner to simply
move this to the global structure so that there is a single variable
instead of per-interface variables and need to pick the correct
interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-04 23:11:28 +02:00
Benjamin Berg
9ad3c12dd1 P2P: Always use global p2p_long_listen
The p2p_long_listen value was set on the control wpa_s struct while in a
lot of cases it operated on the p2p struct. Explicitly use the global
p2p_init_wpa_s struct in cases where we might not be operating on it
already.

Without this, simply starting a p2p_listen operation (e.g., using
wpa_cli) will not work properly. As the p2p_long_listen is set on the
controlling interface and wpas_p2p_cancel_remain_on_channel_cb() uses
p2p_init_wpa_s, it would not actually work. This results in
wpa_supplicant stopping listening after the maximum remain-on-channel
time passes when using a separate P2P Device interface.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <bberg@redhat.com>
2020-01-04 23:07:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af670cb418 SME: Postpone current BSSID clearing until IEs are prepared
sme_send_authentication() could fail before actually requesting the
driver to authenticate with a new AP. This could happen after
wpa_s->bssid got cleared even though in such a case, the old association
is maintained and still valid. This can result in unexpected behavior
since wpa_s->bssid would not match the current BSSID anymore.

Fix this by postponing clearing of wpa_s->bssid until the IE preparation
has been completed successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 18:06:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
665a3007fb driver: Add no_encrypt argument to send_mlme()
This is in preparation of being able to remove the separate send_frame()
callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 13:53:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9474654752 IBSS RSN: Use send_mlme() instead of send_frame() for Authentication frames
send_frame() is documented to be used for "testing use only" and as
such, it should not have used here for a normal production
functionality. Replace this with use of send_mlme() which is already
used for sending Authentication frames in number of other cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-03 12:21:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c57019376 Test functionality to override driver reported signal levels
"SET driver_signal_override <BSSID> [<si_signal< <si_avg_signal>
<si_avg_beacon_signal> <si_noise> <scan_level>]" command can now be used
to request wpa_supplicant to override driver reported signal levels for
signal_poll and scan results. This can be used to test roaming behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 20:34:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c8eb7fe66c Fix signal_poll based roaming skip
Fix a rebasing issue in the signal difference calculation. The older
patch was not updated to use the new cur_level local variable to get the
possibly updated signal level for the current BSS.

Fixes: a2c1bebd43 ("Improve roaming logic")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 20:34:39 +02:00
Roy Marples
a8b00423ea BSD: Use struct ip rather than struct iphdr
As we define __FAVOR_BSD use the BSD IP header.
Compile tested on NetBSD, DragonFlyBSD, and Linux.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2020-01-02 19:17:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ad2f096609 Maintain BSS entries for 5 seconds after interface is disabled
This is targeting the case of MAC address change for an association
which may require the interface to be set down for a short moment.
Previously, this ended up flushing the BSS table that wpa_supplicant
maintained and that resulted in having to scan again if the MAC address
was changed between the previous scan and the connection attempt. This
is unnecessary extra latency, so maintain the BSS entries for 5 seconds
(i.e., the same time that the old scan results are consider valid for a
new connection attempt) after an interface goes down.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-02 12:58:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
988f14448a Indicated if the selected BSS is the current BSS
This makes scan result processing a bit more readable in debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:55:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8ad9c31db Make min_diff determination from cur_level more readable
This handles both the dBm and unspecified unit cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:46:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f72d7356 Use sel_est consistently with cur_sel in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam()
This makes the code a bit easier to read.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:37:58 +02:00
Matthew Wang
a2c1bebd43 Improve roaming logic
Currently, wpa_supplicant may roam too aggressively; the need_to_roam()
function will return early with a roaming decision if the difference in
signal level or throughput between the current and selected APs is
"sufficiently large." In particular, if the selected AP's estimated
throughput is more than 5k greater than the current AP's estimated
throughput, wpa_supplicant will decide to roam. Otherwise, if the
selected AP's signal level is less than the current AP's signal level,
or the selected AP's estimated throughput is at least 5k less than the
current AP's estimated throughput, wpa_supplicant will skip the roam.
These decisions are based only on one factor and can lead to poor
roaming choices (e.g., a roam should not happen if the selected AP's
estimated throughput meets the threshold but the current signal and
throughput are already good, whereas a roam should happen if the signal
is slightly worse but the estimated throughput is significantly better).

This change standardizes the roaming heuristic for signal strength
difference requirements and will hopefully improve user experience. The
change can be summarized as follows: based on the current signal level,
a certain roaming difficulty is assigned. Based on the selected AP's
estimated throughput relative to the current AP's estimated throughput,
the difficulty is adjusted up or down. If the difference in signal level
meets the threshold, a roam happens.

The hard-coded values were selected purely based on the previous version
of this function. They may eventually need to be fine-tuned for optimal
performance.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2020-01-01 17:33:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c8d550b77 Allow roam to lower signal level if throughput benefit is significant
Do not prevent roam to a different BSS based only on the signal level
with the current BSS being higher than with the selected BSS. If the
estimated throughput is significantly higher (> 20%), allow roaming if
the following conditions are met.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 17:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9fafefb9e5 Skip roaming based on signal level difference if current SNR is good
If the current SNR with the associated BSS is sufficiently good (better
than GREAT_SNR = 25), there is limited benefit from moving to another
BSS even if that BSS were to have a higher signal level. As such, skip
roaming based on the signal level difference between the selected BSS
from scan results and the current BSS for such cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 16:56:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4f7600adf Use signal_poll noise information for roaming, if available
Using average signal strength from the driver and hardcoded noise floor
does not look like an ideal design since there can be significant
differences in the driver-reported noise floor values. Furthermore, even
though the current noise floor is a snapshot from the driver, it is
common for drivers to use a noise floor value from a longer calibration
step and that should not prevent the driver provided value from being
used. This makes the comparisons of the signal strengths between the
current AP (signal_poll) and other APs (scan) more accurate.

As an example, test runs in home environment showed 5 dB difference
between the driver reported noise floor and the hardcoded value and this
could result in significant differences in estimated throughput
calculation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 13:38:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f97baef254 Clear SME auth_alg on FLUSH
This avoids a testing failure in the following test case sequence:
ap_ft_r1_key_expiration ap_open_external_assoc

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 12:33:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d1d1f0d21 Clear last Michael MIC error timer on FLUSH
TKIP countermeasures were already terminated on FLUSH, but the timer for
detecting two Michael MIC errors within 60 seconds was left behind. This
resulted in test case failures with following test sequence:
ap_cipher_tkip_countermeasures_sta ap_cipher_tkip_countermeasures_sta2

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2020-01-01 12:23:25 +02:00
Matthew Wang
69ccc557d8 wpa_supplicant: Fall back to avg_signal in roaming decision
Some drivers (e.g. Marvell WiFi) don't report avg_beacon_signal, but
it's still useful to poll for the signal again when a roaming decision
needs to be made. Use si.avg_signal when si.avg_beacon_signal is not
available.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-12-31 00:23:42 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
7e7b23e229 Update throughput estimate for the current BSS based on signal poll
We saw that on certain platforms in certain places we keep switching
between two APs and eventually get the same RSSI. Debugging showed that
we have a very big difference between the two antennas.

Ant A can hear AP A very well (-60) but AP B very bad (-80)
Ant B can hear AP B very well (-60) but AP A very bad (-80)

When the device associates to AP A, it'll learn to use Ant A. If the
device uses one single antenna to receive the scan results, it may hear
the AP it is currently associated to on the second antenna and get bad
results. Because of that, the wpa_supplicant will roam to the other AP
and the same scenario will repeat itself:

Association to AP A (Ant A reports -60).
Scan on Ant A: AP A: -60, AP B: -80
Scan on Ant B: AP A: -80, AP A: -60 ==> ROAM.

Association to AP B (Ant B reports -60)
Scan on Ant A: AP A: -60, AP B: -80 ==> ROAM

Etc...

Improve this by querying the signal level of the current AP using
drv_signal_poll() instead of relying on the signal level that we get
from the scan results. Also update the throughput estimate based on the
likely more accurate values for the current association.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-31 00:21:37 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
ad06ac0b04 Move throughput estimation into a helper function
This is a step towards allowing this functionality to update the scan
result -based values with the values from a signal poll for the current
BSS.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-31 00:17:04 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
ef1a45f28a Move scan/roaming related defines to a header file
This is a step towards allowing these values to be used in both scan.c
and events.c.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-31 00:04:33 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
98ea9d5d51 Use local variables for current BSS signal strength in roaming
This is a step towards allowing these values to be determined based on
signal poll instead of scan results.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2019-12-30 23:57:47 +02:00
Alfonso Sánchez-Beato
02c21c02d0 wpa_supplicant: Do not disconnect on deinit if WoWLAN is enabled
Do not disconnect on interface deinit when WoWLAN is enabled, so we can
boot the system with WoWLAN after S5 (poweroff).

Signed-off-by: Alfonso Sanchez-Beato <alfonso.sanchez-beato@canonical.com>
2019-12-30 18:51:06 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
59536a33d8 wpa_cli: WPS-PIN-ACTIVE and WPS-CANCEL events for action scripts
These events were added in commit b1b62a1364 ("WPS: Add WPS-PIN-ACTIVE
and WPS-CANCEL events").

Signed-off-by: Bekir Celik <bekir.celik@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-30 18:36:57 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
522450b7b1 AP: Determine Short SSID value for the BSS
This can be used in the future to implement support for RNR and scanning
extensions using a shorter field for the SSID.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-12-28 22:32:14 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
41b06b065e mesh: Fix race condition in mesh mpm new peer handling
When wpa_supplicant receives another new peer event before the first one
has been processed, it tries to add a station to the driver a second
time (which fails) and then tears down the station entry until another
event comes in.

Fix this by only adding a station to the driver if it didn't exist
already.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-12-28 20:56:03 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
a383db0646 defconfig: Enable MACsec
Debian and Fedora enable it, NetworkManager uses it.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-12-28 18:28:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
53661e3a9a Allow debug log to be written to both syslog and file
If hostapd or wpa_supplicant is started with both -s and -f command line
arguments, debug log ended up being written only into syslog and the log
file was left empty. Change this so that the log entries will be written
to both places. Either -s or -f (or both) results in debug log to stdout
being disabled which was already the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-28 18:28:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68f9f480ef wpa_gui: Silence a compiler warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-28 00:17:55 +02:00
Victor Ananyev
eadfeb0e93 wpa_gui: Show entire list of networks
Use LAST_ID of LIST_NETWORKS to load all the network entries iteratively
if there is large enough number of networks to not fit in a single
response.

Signed-off-by: Victor Ananyev <vindex10@gmail.com>
2019-12-28 00:16:38 +02:00
Victor Ananyev
a3b59fa111 wpa_cli: Let LAST_ID argument to be used for LIST_NETWORKS
This allows starting point of the network list to be specified so that
the potentially long response can be fragmented into multiple fetch
operations.

Signed-off-by: Victor Ananyev <vindex10@gmail.com>
2019-12-27 23:56:02 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
078217a2d7 STA OBSS: Update secondary channel info after CSA
Field wpa_s->sme.ht_sec_chan keeps secondary channel for the 40 MHz
band. This field is used to prepare a list of channels for the STA OBSS
scan. Initially, the secondary channel is set to HT_SEC_CHAN_UNKNOWN.
Later on, in function wpa_obss_scan_freq_list() it is obtained from the
current BSS HT operation IE. However, the secondary channel information
is not updated after channel switch, which may lead to an incorrect list
of channels prepared for the STA OBSS scan.

Update ht_sec_chan according to the channel switch event data to fix
this.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-27 21:04:57 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
3204795d7a STA OBSS: Add check for overlapping BSSs
In the previous implementation connected STA performs OBSS scan
according to requests from its 20/40 MHz AP. However STA checks only 40
MHz intolerance subfield from HT Capabilities element in scan results.
Meanwhile, as per IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 11.16.12, STA should check
overlapping BSSs as well.

Note that all the required code to check overlapping BSSs did already
exist for AP mode since AP does those checks properly before operating
as 20/40 MHz BSS in the 2.4 GHz band. Use that existing code by replace
existing 40 MHz intolerance check in sme_proc_obss_scan() with the new
shared helper function check_bss_coex_40mhz().

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-12-26 11:41:01 +02:00
Ben Greear
bf3ab50f4f Change some RRM debug messages from wpa_printf() to wpa_dbg()
This gives us the network device name in logging messages, which can be
helpful when having one wpa_supplicant process handle multiple devices.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-12-26 09:41:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b391715cb mesh: Allow group management cipher to be configured
This allows BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to be used
instead of the previously hardcoded AES-128-CMAC as the group management
cipher when using mesh with PMF. For now, this can be configured by
setting a single group_mgmt value in the network block and doing that
consistently through all the STAs in the mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 23:43:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d0b67c22 mesh: Increase plink action frame AMPY buffer length for max GTK/IGTK
The previous calculation of the buffer length did not take into account
the possibility of 32-octet GTK and IGTK values and it was also missing
something to cover the 16 octet keys that are supported now. Other
buffer elements were likely sufficient to cover all these cases, but
anyway, it is better to allocate sufficient size specifically for AMPE
to avoid issues in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 23:35:40 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
b1b62a1364 WPS: Add WPS-PIN-ACTIVE and WPS-CANCEL events
WPS_EVENT_CANCEL is added to indicate cancellation of a WPS operation
for any reason in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

WPS_EVENT_PIN_ACTIVE is added to indicate when a PIN operation is
triggered in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-25 20:58:52 +02:00
Bilal Hatipoglu
0b1839405e Add "reconnect" cmdline argument to hostapd_cli/wpa_cli
When the newly added "-r" parameter is used, both clis will try to
reconnect forever on connection lost until signalled (ctrl+c) or
terminated. This is useful only when used with -a to take action to
retrieve events or get status and the cli process stays even if
hostapd/wpa_supplicant daemons restart for some reason (e.g.,
configuration change).

Signed-off-by: Veli Demirel <veli.demirel@airties.com>
Signed-off-by: Bilal Hatipoglu <bilal.hatipoglu@airties.com>
2019-12-25 20:54:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4318a635a9 DBus: Update dont_quote[] with new network profile parameters
This array had not been updated for years (since it was initially added)
and it was missing new network profile parameters that were not quoted
strings (but also not integers that could be set as integer types). Add
those missing non-quoted-strings to allow them to be set through the
DBus interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 12:45:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26a00ba8bd DBus: Remove not existing network profile params from dont_quote[]
These parameters are global parameters, not network profile parameters,
and as such, do not below in dont_quote[] which is used to determine
whether a network profile parameter needs to be quoted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-25 12:26:33 +02:00
Matthew Wang
23d87687c2 dbus: Move roam metrics to the correct interface
These properties were in the wpas_dbus_bss_properties array when they
should have been in the wpas_dbus_interface_properties array. Move them
to the right place. This is the logical location for these properties
and it matches both the other parts of the implementation (e.g., being
in enum wpas_dbus_prop, not in enum wpas_dbus_bss_prop) and what
was originally documented for the interface in dbus.doxygen.

Fixes: 2bbad1c7c9 ("dbus: Export roam time, roam complete, and session length")
Fixes: 80d06d0ca9 ("dbus: Export BSS Transition Management status")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-12-24 21:16:23 +02:00
Sam Tygier
32289112c4 wpa_passphrase: Output errors to stderr
The stdout of wpa_passphrase is often piped directly into the
wpa_supplicant config file. In case of errors these will be written to
the file and possibly not noticed by the user.

Use fprintf to print errors to stderr.

Signed-off-by: Sam Tygier <samtygier@yahoo.co.uk>
2019-12-24 11:14:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
efaa6256e2 More detailed documentation on ieee80211w configuration parameter
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-12-23 10:48:09 +02:00
Alexander Wetzel
84877f253d wpa_supplicant: Do not try to detect PSK mismatch during PTK rekeying
When a PTK rekey fails it can't be caused by a PSK mismatch. Report a
possible PSK mismatch only during the initial 4-way handshake to avoid
incorrect reports.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
2019-12-21 17:10:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9be30ffc13 DPP: Abort ongoing scan if connection status needs to be sent
Ongoing scan could prevent the station Enrollee from sending out DPP
connection status after the 15 second timeout and that would result in
the Configurator timing out on the wait for the status report. Abort any
ongoing scan, if needed, to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 16:51:59 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
3f3876344e SAE: Enable NEED_DH_GROUPS_ALL for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds
Enable all DH FFC groups for SAE in wpa_supplicant testing builds. These
are needed to allow more testing coverage for AP functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 16:27:19 +02:00
Ankita Bajaj
5f9b4afdfa Use frequency in HT/VHT validation steps done before starting AP
Using the channel parameter for validating allowed channel combinations
is not scalable to add 6 GHz support in the future since channel numbers
are duplicated between 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz bands and 6 GHz band. Hence use
frequency field for all channel combination validation steps done before
starting AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 13:05:39 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
996662250d P2P: Add support for EDMG channels
This allows a P2P connection over P802.11ay EDMG channels to achieve the
highest link speed that the standard allows for channel bonding (CB) up
to CB4.

Let each P2P peer add its EDMG channels to the Supported Channels IE
advertised in P2P GO negotiation. Give EDMG channels priority when peers
negotiate for operating channel.

User may add 'edmg' parameter to p2p_connect, p2p_add_group, and
p2p_invite commands to prefer an EDMG channel for the P2P link. User may
also set p2p_go_edmg=1 in wpa_supplicant configuration file to prefer
EDMG.

When EDMG is used, P2P will try to find the highest channel bonding
supported channel that matches the frequency parameter, if the devices
do not support EDMG, the P2P connection will use a legacy (1-6) 60 GHz
channel.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-20 00:13:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3c476bd8c SAE H2E: Fix RSNXE override in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for testing purposes
The previous implementation missed the case where EAPOL-Key frame may be
reported as having been received before the association event is
processed. This would have resulted in not using the RSNXE override for
EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 when the pending EAPOL-Key frame gets processed
immediately after processing the association event. Fix this by moving
the override case to be handled before that.

Fixes: 1325655397 ("SAE H2E: RSNXE override for testing purposes")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-13 03:08:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5661ebd774 DPP: Configurator netRole for Enrollee
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 02:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7404574458 DPP: Replace ap boolean with netRole enum in Configurator params
The netRole enum is more generic and can be extended to include new
roles (e.g., Configurator) more easily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-12 02:33:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1325655397 SAE H2E: RSNXE override for testing purposes
"SET rsnxe_override_{assoc,eapol} <hexdump>" can now be used to override
RSNXE in (Re)Association Request frames and EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for
testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 12:54:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c88e01e1b6 SAE H2E: Fix validation of rejected groups list
check_sae_rejected_groups() returns 1, not -1, in case an enabled group
is rejected. The previous check for < 0 could not have ever triggered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 00:28:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b834e97003 SAE H2E: Testing option to report extra rejected groups
"SET extra_sae_rejected_groups <groups>" can now be used to enable test
mode in which wpa_supplicant will report additional groups (configured
as space separated integers) when using SAE H2E.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-07 00:26:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
405946d76a SAE: Testing option to ignore H2E requirement mismatch
"SET ignore_sae_h2e_only 1" can now be used to configurate
wpa_supplicant to a test mode where it ignores AP's H2E-required
advertisement and try to connect with hunt-and-pecking loop instead.
This is used only for testing AP behavior with unexpected STA behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-06 17:13:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e780b4bf20 DPP: Bootstrapping via NFC URI Record
This extends hostapd and wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to allow the
bootstrapping URI to be generated for and parsed from an NFC Tag with an
NFC URI Record. This is similar to the way the bootstrapping URI is used
with QR Code for unidirectional authentication.

The DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command uses "type=nfc-uri" to request the URI to
be assigned for NFC URI Record. In practice, the URI is generated
identically to the QR Code case, but the internal entry maintains the
NFC-URI type.

A new command "DPP_NFC_URI <uri>" can now be used to parse the URI read
from an NFC Tag with the NFC URI Record. This is similar to the
DPP_QR_CODE command.

Other commands (mainly, DPP_LISTEN and DPP_AUTH_INIT) are used for NFC
URI in the same way as they are used for QR Code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-12-05 12:37:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
181bf93363 DPP2: Report received ssid_charset as DPP-CONFOBJ-SSID-CHARSET event
This provides the SSID character set, if specified, to upper layers on
station Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5e36a184 Clean up base64_{encode,decode} pointer types
Allow any pointer to be used as source for encoding and use char * as
the return value from encoding and input value for decoding to reduce
number of type casts needed in the callers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-28 16:39:09 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
783a99b73d HS2.0: Skip check for roaming_consortium for NAI realm query
Previously ANQP fetch considered NAI realm query only when cred block
did not specify roaming_consortium to optimize ANQP operations (NAI
realm list can have a very long value). In certain cases, both NAI realm
and roaming_consortium are configured in credential block and this
resulted in ANQP fetch for NAI realm not being initiated. That could
result in not being able to select the highest priority available
credential/network.

Remove roaming_consortium check for NAI realm query inclusion in ANQP
request so that we will request NAI realm information whenever it can
result in matching additional networks. This makes the ANQP queries more
costly in some cases, but the additional information is needed for
correct behavior in network selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-11-17 21:04:38 +02:00
Eric Caruso
9fde146070 Allow scans triggered by D-Bus to use MAC address randomization
wpas_dbus_handler_scan() constructs a set of 'params' each time, but it
doesn't acknowledge the existing randomization settings when doing so.
That means that any D-Bus initiated scans weren't going to follow the
configured settings.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Eric Caruso
10f8351d6e D-Bus: Add MAC address randomization endpoints
Add D-Bus property:
* MACAddressRandomizationMask: a{say}

which configure random MAC address functionality in the Wi-Fi
driver via netlink.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Eric Caruso
bb66d46758 Move ownership of MAC address randomization mask to scan params
This array can be freed either from the scan parameters or from
clearing the MAC address randomization parameters from the
wpa_supplicant struct. To make this ownership more clear, we have
each struct own its own copy of the parameters.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c2f70cc6a DPP: Mention ssid and pass parameters for DPP_AUTH_INIT in documentation
These parameter use hexdump values over the control interface, so
mention them in the DPP example documentation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 19:50:22 +02:00
Beniamino Galvani
7800725afb dbus: Export OWE capability and OWE BSS key_mgmt
Export a new 'owe' capability to indicate that wpa_supplicant was
built with OWE support and accepts 'key_mgmt=OWE'. Also, support 'owe'
in the array of BSS' available key managements.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2019-10-27 15:44:34 +02:00
Davide Caratti
b2ad4e6b24 D-Bus: Fix P2P NULL dereference after interface removal
When the P2P management interface is deleted, P2P is then disabled and
global->p2p_init_wpa_s is set to NULL. After that, other interfaces can
still trigger P2P functions (like wpas_p2p_find()) using D-Bus. This
makes wpa_supplicant terminate with SIGSEGV, because it dereferences a
NULL pointer. Fix this by adding proper checks, like it's done with
wpa_cli.

CC: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
CC: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Vladimir Benes <vbenes@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2019-10-27 15:40:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b5865a53f SAE: Ignore commit message when waiting for confirm in STA mode
Previously, an unexpected SAE commit message resulted in forcing
disconnection. While that allowed recovery by starting from scratch,
this is not really necessary. Ignore such unexpected SAE commit message
instead and allow SAE confirm message to be processed after this. This
is somewhat more robust way of handling the cases where SAE commit
message might be retransmitted either in STA->AP or AP->STA direction.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 14:35:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50a2c8c906 Do not indicate possible PSK failure when using SAE
wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk() includes SAE AKMs. However, with SAE, there is no
way of reaching 4-way handshake without the password having already been
verified as part of SAE authentication. As such, a failure to complete
4-way handshake with SAE cannot indicate that the used password was
incorrect.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-10-27 12:54:40 +02:00
Jesus Fernandez Manzano
305369038b wpa_supplicant: Fix arithmetic on void pointer
When using void pointers in calculations, the behavior is undefined.
Arithmetic operations on 'void *' is a GNU C extension,
which defines the 'sizeof(void)' to be 1.

This change improves portability of the code.

Signed-off-by: Jesus Fernandez Manzano <jesus.manzano@galgus.net>
2019-10-25 19:29:53 +03:00
Masashi Honma
b38c8c9cb2 dbus: Suppress to show NULL string
wpa_s->dbus_groupobj_path is always NULL so suppress to show it.
This was found by gcc 9.2.1 warning.

dbus/dbus_new.c: In function ‘wpas_dbus_unregister_p2p_group’:
dbus/dbus_new.c:4793:3: warning: ‘%s’ directive argument is null [-Wformat-overflow=]
 4793 |   wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG,
      |   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 4794 |       "%s: Group object '%s' already unregistered",
      |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 4795 |       __func__, wpa_s->dbus_groupobj_path);
      |       ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Masashi Honma
6807eee9ca Interworking: Check NULL string to avoid compiler warning
Fix warning by gcc 9.2.1.

interworking.c: In function ‘interworking_home_sp_cred’:
interworking.c:2263:3: warning: ‘%s’ directive argument is null [-Wformat-overflow=]
 2263 |   wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG,
      |   ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 2264 |    "Interworking: Search for match with SIM/USIM domain %s",
      |    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 2265 |    realm);
      |    ~~~~~~

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Phil Wise
ec1c0d1548 Fix name of DBus interface in defconfig
Signed-off-by: Phil Wise <phil@phil-wise.com>
2019-10-25 16:03:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3516cad7a Store a copy of Association Request RSNXE in AP mode for later use
This is needed to be able to compare the received RSNXE to a protected
version in EAPOL-Key msg 2/4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-18 00:20:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d6c887751 SAE: Add RSNXE in Association Request and EAPOL-Key msg 2/4
Add the new RSNXE into (Re)Association Request frames and EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 when using SAE with hash-to-element mechanism enabled. This allows
the AP to verify that there was no downgrade attack when both PWE
derivation mechanisms are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-17 16:54:05 +03:00
Dedy Lansky
cdb5774f42 FST: Update FST about MAC address change
Notify FST module upon MAC address change. FST module will update the
Multiband IE accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89450024a8 wpa_supplicant: Pass in operating class for channel validity checks
This is needed to allow the 6 GHz operating classes to be compared
against the driver support channels since the channel numbers are not
really unique identifiers of a channel even within a single band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
444d76f74f SAE: Check that peer's rejected groups are not enabled
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfe1ea5c9c SAE: H2E version of SAE commit message handling for STA
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
447cd5f2df SAE: Collect list of rejected groups for H2E in STA
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05a2fb0d11 SAE: Derive H2E PT in STA before connection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
146889e3ca RSN: Verify RSNXE match between Beacon/ProbeResp and EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
If the AP advertises RSN Extension element, it has to be advertised
consistently in the unprotected (Beacon and Probe Response) and
protected (EAPOL-Key msg 3/4) frames. Verify that this is the case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
293a01f3b3 SAE: Handle BSS membership selector indication for H2E-only in STA mode
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85e64e634d SAE: Add sae_pwe configuration parameter for wpa_supplicant
This parameter can be used to specify which PWE derivation mechanism(s)
is enabled. This commit is only introducing the new parameter; actual
use of it will be address in separate commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-15 15:39:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86f6084862 SAE: Tell sae_parse_commit() whether H2E is used
This will be needed to help parsing the received SAE commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-14 19:38:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6a7de60c8 wpa_cli: Clean up unnecessarily complex CONFIG_MESH use
There is no need for #ifdef/#else/#endif construction in
network_fields[] to cover "mode" (which is completely independent of
CONFIG_MESH) or two separate conditional blocks for mesh related network
fields, so move these into a single conditionally included block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
8b426ab1e7 wpa_supplicant: Pass AP mode EDMG config to hostapd struct
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
a82aee1f40 wpa_supplicant: Add support for EDMG channels
As part of a connection request, set EDMG parameters for the driver to
use in the association. The EDMG parameters are based on EDMG IE
received from the AP's Probe Response frames, the driver's EDMG
capability, and the EDMG configuration from the configuration.

As part of starting an AP, set EDMG parameters for the driver to use for
AP operation. The EDMG parameters are based on the driver's EDMG
capability and the EDMG configuration from the configuration.

This implementation is limited to CB2 (channel bonding of 2 channels)
and the bonded channels must be adjacent, i.e., the supported values for
edmg_channel are 9..13.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
35aed771f9 Indicate EDMG in scan results
Add [EDMG] flag to scan results.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 17:20:41 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
bebd91e9c4 Add EDMG parameters to set_freq functions
This updates the frequency parameter setting functions to include
argument for EDMG.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:59:23 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
e8ff22f471 wpa_supplicant: Add EDMG channel configuration parameters
Add two new configuration parameters for wpa_supplicant:
enable_edmg: Enable EDMG capability for STA/AP mode
edmg_channel: Configure channel bonding. In AP mode it defines the EDMG
channel to start the AP on. In STA mode it defines the EDMG channel to
use for connection.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-07 16:50:06 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
c349174035 MBO/OCE: Update disable_mbo_oce flag after association
After roaming to an AP, update disable_mbo_oce flag based on the current
BSS capabilities. This flag is used to check whether STA should support
MBO/OCE features and process BTM request received from the current
connected AP.

When a STA roams from a WPA2 MBO/OCE AP with PMF enabled to a
misbehaving WPA2 MBO/OCE AP without PMF, or if the driver chooses a BSS
in which PMF is not enabled for the initial connection, BTM requests
from such APs should not be processed by STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 16:45:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52d469de11 DPP2: Support multiple Config Objects in Enrollee
Process all received DPP Configuration Object attributes from
Configuration Result in Enrollee STA case. If wpa_supplicant is
configured to add networks automatically, this results in one network
being added for each included Configuration Object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-10-01 14:21:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d0a4ed6a1b Allow SAE to be used in wpa_supplicant AP mode
SAE password configuration for AP mode requires additional steps
compared to PSK cases. Previous implementation allowed SAE to be
configured, but all authentication attempts would fail due to no
password being available. Now both psk and sae_password/sae_password_id
parameters are translated properly to the hostapd configuration
structures to fix this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-21 16:30:35 +03:00
Roy Marples
7846e8d608 NetBSD: Fix compile
On NetBSD the ethernet header is net/if_ether.h

This also pulls in net/if.h which defines if_type, which in turn
conflicts with an enum in wpa_supplicant. As such we need to
include this at the bottom rather than at the top.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2019-09-21 13:38:32 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
2e06cef80a MBO/OCE: Work around misbehaving MBO/OCE APs that use RSN without PMF
The MBO and OCE specification require the station to mandate use of PMF
when connecting to an MBO/OCE AP that uses WPA2. The earlier
implementation prevented such misbehaving APs from being selected for
connection completely. This looks like the safest approach to take, but
unfortunately, there are deployed APs that are not compliant with the
MBO/OCE requirements and this strict interpretation of the station
requirements results in interoperability issues by preventing the
association completely.

Relax the approach by allowing noncompliant MBO/OCE APs to be selected
for RSN connection without PMF to avoid the main impact of this
interoperability issue. However, disable MBO/OCE functionality when PMF
cannot be negotiated to try to be as compliant as practical with the
MBO/OCE tech spec requirements (i.e., stop being an MBO/OCE STA for the
duration of such workaround association). Also disable support for BTM
in this workaround state since MBO would expect all BTM frames to be
protected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-21 00:58:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f8c423a51 DPP: Add bandSupport JSON array into config request
Indicate supported global operating classes when wpa_supplicant is
operating as an Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5639b068 DPP: Allow name and mudurl to be configured for Config Request
The new hostapd and wpa_supplicant configuration parameters dpp_name and
dpp_mud_url can now be used to set a specific name and MUD URL for the
Enrollee to use in the Configuration Request. dpp_name replaces the
previously hardcoded "Test" string (which is still the default if an
explicit configuration entry is not included). dpp_mud_url can
optionally be used to add a MUD URL to describe the Enrollee device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-19 00:21:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16ef233bf1 DPP2: Connection status result (Enrollee)
Add support for reporting connection status after provisioning if the
Configurator requests this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-16 17:25:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b10e01a795 DPP2: Connection status result (Configurator)
A new argument to the DPP_AUTH_INIT command (conn_status=1) can now be
used to set Configurator to request a station Enrollee to report
connection result after a successfully completed provisioning step. If
the peer supports this, the DPP-CONF-SENT event indicates this with a
new argument (wait_conn_status=1) and the Configurator remains waiting
for the connection result for up to 16 seconds.

Once the Enrollee reports the result, a new DPP-CONN-STATUS-RESULT event
is generated with arguments result, ssid, and channel_list indicating
what the Enrollee reported. result=0 means success while non-zero codes
are for various error cases as specified in the DPP tech spec. If no
report is received from the Enrollee, the event with "timeout" argument
is generated locally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-16 17:13:46 +03:00
Sujay Patwardhan
21dc1627f6 wpa_supplicant: Don't return an error when successfully parsing WMM rules
The config file parser previously would fall through into an error if
CONFIG_AP is defined and it hit a wmm_ac_* rule with a valid value. Add
a return to prevent incorrectly printing an error message and returning
a non-zero exit code.

Signed-off-by: Sujay Patwardhan <sujay@eero.com>
2019-09-13 16:35:16 +03:00
Hu Wang
8214b45ba0 P2P: Use latest BSS entry if multiple P2P Device Addr matches found
If an AP (P2P GO) has changed its operating channel or SSID recently,
the BSS table may have multiple entries for the same BSSID.

Commit 702621e6dd ('WPS: Use latest updated BSS entry if multiple
BSSID matches found') fetches latest updated BSS entry based on
BSSID. Do the same when fetching an entry based on the P2P Device
Address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-13 16:22:05 +03:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
dc6c3be4e2 wpa_supplicant: Add support for 60 GHz band channels 5 and 6
The previous support in the 60 GHz band was for channels 1-4.
Add support for channels 5 and 6.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-13 16:14:17 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8788a314d7 WPS: Update MAC address on address changes
The WPS component keeps a copy of the network interface MAC address.
When MAC address is changed the WPS copy was not updated so WPS M1
message contained the old address. Some devices check this field
and fail connection attempts.

Update the WPS MAC address on interface MAC address changes.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2019-09-09 16:49:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a69742c2f8 wpa_cli: Do not pick p2p-dev-* interfaces by default
These are the driver-specific interface for the non-netdev P2P Device
interface and not something that useful for most use cases. Skip them to
allow the main netdev (e.g., wlan0 over p2p-dev-wlan0) to be selected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-09 16:37:46 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
a8bfc6fff2 FILS: Update connect params after sending connection notification
Update connect params will update auth_alg and fils_hlp_req in
wpa_supplicant structure before calling function
wpas_notify_state_changed(). This could have resulted in triggering
inconsistent state change events and messages in the Android framework.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-09-08 17:50:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1eff2e7bf1 DPP2: Fix wpa_supplicant build dependencies for CONFIG_AP=y build
Fix CONFIG_DPP2=y with CONFIG_AP=y build for cases where the needed
dependencies were not pulled in by other optional build parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:44:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2bae5763d DPP: Fix wpa_supplicant build dependencies for DPP-only build
Fix CONFIG_DPP=y build for cases where the needed dependencies were not
pulled in by other optional build parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:39:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d2ed8bae8 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211W build parameter
Hardcode this to be defined and remove the separate build options for
PMF since this functionality is needed with large number of newer
protocol extensions and is also something that should be enabled in all
WPA2/WPA3 networks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-08 17:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6816182461 EAP-TEAP peer: Add support for machine credentials using certificates
This allows EAP-TLS to be used within an EAP-TEAP tunnel when there is
an explicit request for machine credentials. The network profile
parameters are otherwise same as the Phase 1 parameters, but each one
uses a "machine_" prefix for the parameter name.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebee8232d3 Do not try to include net/ethernet.h in MinGW/Windows builds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf15b15598 Fix Windows error code definition workaround
ENOTCONN, EOPNOTSUPP, and ECANCELED are defined in a newer version of
MinGW, so make this workaround conditional on what is defined in the
header files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
043de65f1c EAP peer config: Move ocsp param to phase1/phase2
OCSP configuration is applicable to each instance of TLS-based
authentication and as such, the configuration might need to be different
for Phase 1 and Phase 2. Move ocsp into struct eap_peer_cert_config and
add a separate ocsp2 network profile parameter to set this for Phase 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b99c4cadb7 EAP peer: Move certificate configuration params into shared struct
These parameters for certificate authentication are identical for the
Phase 1 (EAP-TLS alone) and Phase 2 (EAP-TLS inside a TLS tunnel).
Furthermore, yet another copy would be needed to support separate
machine credential in Phase 2. Clean this up by moving the shared
parameters into a separate data struct that can then be used for each
need without having to define separate struct members for each use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-09-01 17:19:31 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
6e711e7ab3 mesh: Do not enable HE on 5 GHz without VHT
The commit ad9a1bfe78 ("nl80211: Share VHT channel configuration for
HE") always enforced that VHT is enabled when HE was enabled. This broke
the mesh functionality on 2.4 GHz with HE because ibss_mesh_setup_freq()
isn't setting up the VHT parameters for 2.4 GHz.

This problem was resolved for 2.4 GHz by commit df4f959988 ("nl80211:
Don't force VHT channel definition with HE"), but it is still possible
to disable VHT during the mesh/IBSS freq setup on 5 GHz - which would
result in the same problem as seen on 2.4 GHz.

The code enabling HE for IBSS/mesh must now make sure that it doesn't
enable HE when VHT could be enforced by the nl80211 driver code but
disabled by the user.

Fixes: 3459c54ac7 ("mesh: Add support for HE mode")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-08-30 16:02:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c724a0a16c EAP peer: Add a concept of a separate machine credential
This is an initial step in adding support for configuring separate user
and machine credentials. The new wpa_supplicant network profile
parameters machine_identity and machine_password are similar to the
existing identity and password, but explicitly assigned for the purpose
of machine authentication.

This commit alone does not change actual EAP peer method behavior as
separate commits are needed to determine when there is an explicit
request for machine authentication. Furthermore, this is only addressing
the username/password credential type, i.e., additional changes
following this design approach will be needed for certificate
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-20 13:24:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52069c7eff Add TLS-PRF using HMAC with P_SHA384 for TEAP
This version of TLS PRF is needed when using TEAP with TLS ciphersuites
that are defined to use SHA384 instead of SHA256.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-16 21:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a647a0ad75 Extend server certificate TOD policy reporting to include TOD-TOFU
The previously used single TOD policy was split into two policies:
TOD-STRICT and TOD-TOFU. Report these separately in the
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events (tod=1 for TOD-STRICT and tod=2 for
TOD-TOFU).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 16:40:31 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
346d10cf82 SAE: Conditionally set PMKID while notifying the external auth status
This is needed for the drivers implementing SME to include the PMKID in
the Association Request frame directly following SAE authentication.

This commit extends the commit d2b2083843 ("SAE: Allow PMKID to be
added into Association Request frame following SAE") for drivers with
internal SME that use the external authentication mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 15:37:36 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
b7cd64876d SAE: Use BSSID stored in ext_auth_bssid for set_pmk
pending_bssid is cleared in the connected state and thus is not valid if
SAE authentication is done to a new BSSID when in the connected state.
Hence use the BSSID from ext_auth_bssid while configuring the PMK for
the external authentication case. This is required for roaming to a new
BSSID with driver-based-SME while the SAE processing happens with
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 15:32:55 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
e0b331d896 OWE: Update connect params with new DH attributes to the driver
A new DH public key is sent through this interface to the driver after
every successful connection/roam to a BSS. This helps to do OWE roaming
to a new BSS with drivers that implement SME/MLME operations during
roaming.

This updated DH IEs are added in the subsequent (Re)Association Request
frame sent by the station when roaming. The DH IE from the roamed AP is
given to wpa_supplicant in the roam result event. wpa_supplicant shall
further process these DH IEs to generate the PMK for the 4-way
handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 15:31:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae05b6a215 RSN: Do not allow connection to proceed without MFPC=1 if PMF required
PMF capability check is done as part of BSS selection routines, but
those are not used when going through the enforced roaming operation
("ROAM <BSSID>" control interface command). While that mechanism is
mainly for testing purposes, extend it to do the same check for PMF to
prevent cases where forced roaming could end up disabling PMF against
the local profile requirement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-16 13:48:16 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
0028d627c8 OCE: Mandate PMF for WPA2 association with OCE AP
An OCE AP with WPA2 enabled shall require PMF negotiation when
associating with an OCE STA. An OCE STA-CFON may negotiate PMF with a
STA when it is operating as an AP. Don't select an OCE AP for connection
if PMF is not enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-15 19:06:53 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
84ebc759a0 HS 2.0: Match credentials based on required_roaming_consortium
When required_roaming_consortium is set in a credential, station
should match this against Roaming Consortium(s) for a BSS similar
to how it is matching for roaming_consortiums during Interworking
credentials availability check for roaming_consortium.

In the context of Hotspot 2.0 PPS MO, this means addressing matching
part in the same manner for HomeSP/HomeOIList/<X+>/HomeOI regardless of
how HomeSP/HomeOIList/<X+>/HomeOIRequired is set (i.e., the required
part is used as an independent check for the AP advertising the needed
information while the "credential can be used here and this is a home
network" part is shared).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-15 16:51:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2b2083843 SAE: Allow PMKID to be added into Association Request frame following SAE
IEEE Std 802.11-2016 does not require this behavior from a SAE STA, but
it is not disallowed either, so it is useful to have an option to
identify the derived PMKSA in the immediately following Association
Request frames. This is disabled by default (i.e., no change to previous
behavior) and can be enabled with a global wpa_supplicant configuration
parameter sae_pmkid_in_assoc=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-14 17:49:23 +03:00
Matthew Wang
dd0153fced Check for LEAP before doing FT
According to https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/wireless/controller/technotes/80211r-ft/b-80211r-dg.html
Cisco does not support EAP-LEAP with Fast Transition. Here,
we check for LEAP before selecting FT 802.1X key management
suite.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-08-11 18:04:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b0b25c5bbc Clear external eapSuccess setting in driver-authorized cases
The conditions for the eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(FALSE) calls did not
cover the case where eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(TRUE) had been called
based on offloaded 4-way handshake and driver notification of
authorization in wpa_supplicant_event_port_authorized(). This could
result in eapSuccess and altSuccess state machine variables being left
TRUE when roaming to another BSS and that results in EAP failure if the
following roaming case does not get fully authorized through the driver
offload.

Fix this by clearing eapSuccess/altSuccess when processing a new
association (including roaming) event and also when disconnecting from
the network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-07 19:24:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca8c2bd28a Preparations for v2.8 release
Update the version number for the build and also add the ChangeLog
entries for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to describe main changes
between v2.7 and v2.8.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-08-07 16:25:25 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
3263fca289 Set the default scan IEs on interface restart
Previously, these default scan IEs were set only when parameter values
changed and during the interface initialization, which can get lost in
the driver on an interface restart. Hence, also set these IEs on an
interface restart notification even when there has been no change in the
values since the last update to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-07 11:43:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
422e73d623 DPP: Indicate authentication success on ConfReqRX if needed
It is possible to receive the Configuration Request frame before having
seen TX status for the Authentication Confirm. In that sequence, the
DPP-AUTH-SUCCESS event would not be indicated before processing the
configuration step and that could confuse upper layers that follow the
details of the DPP exchange. As a workaround, indicate DPP-AUTH-SUCCESS
when receiving the Configuration Request since the Enrollee/Responser
has clearly receive the Authentication Confirm even if the TX status for
it has not been received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-08-05 13:31:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
cb28bd52e1 nl80211: Use separate flag for 4-way handshake offload
Commit d896874f86 ("nl80211: Indicate 802.1X 4-way handshake offload
in connect") used the req_key_mgmt_offload flag to indicate to the
driver that it should offload the 802.1X handshake. However, this field
was existing and used for a different offload API. This causes
wpa_supplicant to send a connect request without the WANT_1X_HS flag and
the subsequent set-pmk is rejected causing the connection to fail. Fix
that by introducing a new flag req_handshake_offload so the offloads are
no longer entangled.

Fixes: d896874f86 ("nl80211: Indicate 802.1X 4-way handshake offload in connect")
Reported-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
Tested-by: Stefan Wahren <wahrenst@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
2019-08-01 15:52:48 +03:00
Brian Norris
cc2fd94258 D-Bus: Demote timeout/flush messages to MSG_MSGDUMP
We intentionally don't emit property-changed signals on every property
update -- for "less timing critical" messages we delay up to 5
milliseconds waiting to see if we can batch them together. When the
timer hits, we emit the signal anyway and (potentially) log this
message. This amounts to effectively tracing every property update,
which can be quite excessive.

Lower this to MSGDUMP, so MSG_DEBUG can remain slightly more sane.

Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
2019-07-31 22:06:33 +03:00
Yu Wang
0136864032 P2P: Pass HE flag to GO negotiation result
In order to set up P2P connection with HE capability,
the 'he' flag should be passed to GO negotiation result.

Signed-off-by: Yu Wang <yyuwang@codeaurora.org>
2019-07-29 11:48:09 +03:00
Disha Das
5a511924b1 wpa_cli: Add support to process DPP action events in action script
Signed-off-by: Disha Das <dishad@codeaurora.org>
2019-07-24 20:16:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64e37be945 Avoid nested enum wpas_mode declaration to allow C++ compilation
Move enum wpas_mode declaration to the global scope to avoid issues with
the recently added inline function wpas_mode_to_ieee80211_mode() using
it as an argument. This fixes C++ compilation issues with cases that
include wpa_supplicant_i.h.

Fixes: 3459c54ac7 ("mesh: Add support for HE mode")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-07-24 19:49:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ed57c5ea8 EAP-TEAP server and peer implementation (RFC 7170)
This adds support for a new EAP method: EAP-TEAP (Tunnel Extensible
Authentication Protocol). This should be considered experimental since
RFC 7170 has number of conflicting statements and missing details to
allow unambiguous interpretation. As such, there may be interoperability
issues with other implementations and this version should not be
deployed for production purposes until those unclear areas are resolved.

This does not yet support use of NewSessionTicket message to deliver a
new PAC (either in the server or peer implementation). In other words,
only the in-tunnel distribution of PAC-Opaque is supported for now. Use
of the NewSessionTicket mechanism would require TLS library support to
allow arbitrary data to be specified as the contents of the message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-07-09 16:56:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3a035169b Remove useless NULL comparison for an array
Now that the TLS peer_cert information is provided as a full struct to
handler functions, the altsubject pointer shows up as an array and
causes static analyzers to warn about unnecessary NULL comparison. Get
rid of that comparison now that it is clearly not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-07-07 10:00:49 +03:00
Eric Caruso
91b6eba773 Move MAC address randomization enable/disable to helper functions
This makes it easier to share this for D-Bus implementation.

Signed-off-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
2019-06-26 20:56:01 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
3459c54ac7 mesh: Add support for HE mode
Mesh points can partially support HE features (when requiring no
controlling STA/AP) as long as hardware supports it. The kernel just
requires support for HE mesh and wpa_supplicant can forward the peer
capabilities to the kernel for further processing.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-06-23 18:03:51 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
f74618cb92 wpa_supplicant: Fix type for ssid->mode comparisons
The ssid->mode is from type enum wpas_mode and all its constants start
with WPAS_MODE_*. Still some of the code sections used the
IEEE80211_MODE_* defines instead of WPAS_MODE_*.

This should have no impact on the actual code because the constants for
INFRA, IBSS, AP and MESH had the same values.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <seckelmann@datto.com>
2019-06-23 18:03:51 +03:00
Amit Khatri
30bbff142d DPP: Fix documentation to include operating class for URI
As per code dpp_parse_uri_chan_list() function checks "/" as separator
for operating class and operating channel. Update readme accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit7861234@gmail.com>
2019-06-22 20:39:39 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
dcc31e7957 HS 2.0: Skip credential without EAP method for roaming consortium match
EAP method is required for a credential that matches configured
roaming_consortium with an Interworking AP. Hence skip credentials which
do not have EAP method specified for this match. This fixes an issue
where a credential that cannot work without EAP method from NAI Realms
information is selected first based on roaming consortium.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:51 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
ef59f98729 WNM: Provide option to disable/enable BTM support in STA
Add support to disable/enable BTM support using configuration and
wpa_cli command. This is useful mainly for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
21f1a1e66c Report TOD policy in peer certificate events
Add tod=1 to CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT events if the peer certificate
includes the TOD policy in the X.509v3 Certificate Policies extension.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc0634da4a Pass full struct to peer certificate callbacks
This makes it easier to add new information to the callbacks without
having to modify each callback function type in EAPOL and EAP code every
time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-14 23:10:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7deb0450bc Interworking: Print HESSID in debug messages
This makes it easier to understand ANQP queries needed during
Interworking network selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-05 21:09:57 +03:00
leiwei
a93b369c17 macsec: Support IEEE 802.1X(EAP)/PSK MACsec Key Agreement in hostapd
Signed-off-by: leiwei <leiwei@codeaurora.org>
2019-06-03 20:27:44 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
fb6ebd1ced SAE: Send external auth failure status to driver
wpa_supplicant prepares auth commit request as part of the external
authentication (first SAE authentication frame), but it fails to get
prepared when wpa_supplicant is started without mentioning the SAE
password in configuration. Send this failure status to the driver to
make it aware that the external authentication has been aborted by
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:15 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
cbfd0a263d P2P: Force p2p-send-action as the next radio work to execute
This increases the priority of the p2p-send-action radio work, i.e., the
radio work used for transmitting potentially offchannel P2P Action
frames by marking it as the next radio work to execute. This is to avoid
the delay in transmissions due to already queued offchannel radio work
items in the queue. In particular, this means not having to wait for a
pending p2p-scan radio work to be executed before the new P2P Action
frame can be transmitted. This helps in avoiding timeouts on the peer
device when a P2P Action frames is received during other activity on the
device.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:15 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2e3bff5919 P2P: Reject p2p-send-action work while other one is pending
The previous implementation rejects the p2p-send-action work while there
is already one in progress (wpas_send_action_cb() has already been
called for it to start operation). Enhance the same to also consider any
p2p-send-action works pending in the radio work (i.e., waiting for that
wpas_send_action_cb() call).

This is considering the current behaviour of P2P to handle the state
corresponding to respective Action frame transmission:
pending_action_state. If a new P2P Action frame transmission is queued
while there is another one already in the queue, the transmit status of
the first frame is wrongly intepreted by the P2P state machine which has
already scheduled/queued another frame for transmission.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:15 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
a8391db7cf OCE: Use RSSI of actual BSS which rejected association
If an AP rejects association due to low RSSI, then RSSI of the BSS from
which association reject is received shall be used for calculating RSSI
threshold at which STA can try connecting back to that BSS later. In
case of SME offload, the current_bss might not have been set before
receiving association completion, so fetch the BSS entry based on the
BSSID provided in the driver event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-31 16:52:10 +03:00
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu
7ace4328c0 wpa_supplicant: Add support to probe mesh link to given peer
Inject an Ethernet frame to a given peer bypassing next_hop lookup in
mpath table. Optional payload is expected to be hexdump without 0x.

usage:
wpa_cli -i <dev> mesh_link_probe <peer MAC> [payload=<hexdump of payload>]

example:
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_link_probe aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff payload=aabb
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_link_probe aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff

Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-28 14:38:30 +03:00
John Crispin
88005ee98d HE: Pass in HE information into hostapd_set_freq_params()
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2019-05-27 17:33:59 +03:00
John Crispin
464dcfd030 HE: Remove VHT_ prefix from CHANWITDH_* define
The bandwidth values are shared between VHT and HE mode so remove the
VHT specific prefix.

Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2019-05-27 16:27:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0de46d8a66 mesh: Fix RSN initialization failure handling
The driver was left in mesh mode (joined to the group) if RSN
authenticator initialization failed. This could result in next
operations failing due to unexpected driver state.

This was found with the following hwsim test case sequence:
mesh_wpa_auth_init_oom dpp_config_no_discovery

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-05-25 21:48:45 +03:00
Mohit Sethi
2f6700c9c6 defconfig: Add config parameter for SIM simulator for EAP-SIM
Allow compilation of internal GSM-Milenage implementation for EAP-SIM
testing with eapol_test.

Signed-off-by: Mohit Sethi <mohit.sethi@aalto.fi>
2019-05-25 16:26:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8ebef87cb WNM: Fix BSS Termination Duration subelement length validation
The length check for the BSS Termination Duration subelement was
accidentally removed and this could result in reading up to 10 bytes
beyond the end of a received frame. The actual read bytes would be
stored locally, but they were not used for anything, so other than
reading beyond the end of an allocated heap memory buffer, this did not
result in any behavior difference or exposure of the bytes.

Credit to OSS-Fuzz: https://bugs.chromium.org/p/oss-fuzz/issues/detail?id=14922
Fixes: 093226783d ("WNM: Simplify how candidate subelements are stored")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-25 01:19:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a96c783645 dbus: Fix some memory leaks on error paths
wpa_dbus_dict_close_write() was not called if
fill_dict_with_properties() fails and that could result in leaking
memory. Fix this in two cases. There might be other missing calls to
jouni@codeaurora.org() on error paths, but those will need to be handled
separately with more complex changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-05-08 22:06:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d42df8d6ce Fix a regression in storing of external_auth SSID/BSSID
An earlier change in drivers_ops API for struct external_auth broke the
way SSID and BSSID for an external authentication request were stored.
The implementation depended on the memory array being available in the
API struct with a use of memcpy() to copy the full structure even though
when only SSID and BSSID was needed. Fix this by replacing that
easy-to-break storing mechanism with explicit arrays for the exact set
of needed information.

Fixes: dd1a8cef4c ("Remove unnecessary copying of SSID and BSSID for external_auth")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-28 16:24:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9083ef1355 FT: Allow PMKSA caching to be enabled with FT-EAP
The new wpa_supplicant network profile configuration parameter
ft_eap_pmksa_caching=1 can be used to enable use of PMKSA caching with
FT-EAP for FT initial mobility domain association. This is still
disabled by default (i.e., maintaining previous behavior) to avoid
likely interoperability issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-28 16:01:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2b84ca4dd9 Share common SAE and EAP-pwd functionality: suitable groups
Start sharing common SAE and EAP-pwd functionality by adding a new
source code file that can be included into both. This first step is
bringing in a shared function to check whether a group is suitable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-25 23:49:49 +03:00
Omer Dagan
fa335929b7 wpa_cli: Make CTRL-EVENT-CHANNEL-SWITCH available to action scripts
Signed-off-by: Omer Dagan <omer.dagan@tandemg.com>
2019-04-22 22:08:07 +03:00
Omer Dagan
95f556f3c7 Make channel switch started event available over control interface
This makes it easier to upper layer components to manage operating
channels in cases where the same radio is shared for both station and AP
mode virtual interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Omer Dagan <omer.dagan@tandemg.com>
2019-04-22 22:08:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be17ffbd9 Replace int status/reason_code with u16 variable
These cases are for the IEEE 802.11 Status Code and Reason Code and
those fields are unsigned 16 bit values, so use the more appropriate
type consistently. This is mainly to document the uses and to make the
source code easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-22 22:08:07 +03:00
Alex Khouderchah
cfde99a84b Add 802.11 reason code strings into wpa_supplicant messages
Logs involving IEEE 802.11 Reason Codes output the Reason Code value,
but do not provide any explanation of what the value means. This change
provides a terse explanation of each Reason Code using the latter part
of the reason code #define names.

Signed-off-by: Alex Khouderchah <akhouderchah@chromium.org>
2019-04-22 22:08:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a5a068086 DPP2: wpa_supplicant as TCP initiator
A DPP TCP connection can now be initiated directly from wpa_supplicant
with the new new tcp_port and tcp_addr parameters to the DPP_AUTH_INIT
control interface command. This initiates DPP Authentication exchange
over TCP with the specified Controller instead of using DPP Public
Action frames over WLAN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-22 21:08:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c02dd10d76 DPP2: wpa_supplicant as Controller over TCP
New wpa_supplicant control interface commands "DPP_CONTROLLER_START
[tcp_port=<port>]" and "DPP_CONTROLLER_STOP" can be used to start and
stop listening to DPP requests over TCP in the Responder role. The TCP
connections are processed similarly to the ones that would have been
received over DPP Public Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-22 21:08:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ed2b52ff5 DPP: Add configuration structure to dpp_global_init()
This can be used to provide configurable parameter to the global DPP
context. This initial commit introduces the msg_ctx context pointer for
wpa_msg().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-21 21:35:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6396282430 Preparations for v2.8 release
Update the version number for the build and also add the ChangeLog
entries for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to describe main changes
between v2.7 and v2.8.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-21 10:10:22 +03:00
Wiktor Drewniak
bce3d4f70e autoscan: Disable when we move above WPA_SCANNING state
In case of drivers that don't use wpa_supplicant as SME, autoscan
feature was never disabled.

Signed-off-by: Wiktor Drewniak <wiktor.drewniak@gmail.com>
2019-04-16 01:53:21 +03:00
Sergey Matyukevich
eb3234c07b SAE: Use open authentication to reassociate for PMKSA caching
For reassociation with the same AP wpa_supplicant attempts to use cached
PMKSA. For this purpose PMKID is passed in RSNE in (Re)Association
Request frame. In the case of SAE AP, open authentication shall be used
during reassociation. Otherwise cached PMKID becomes invalid after full
SAE authentication.

The previous implementation correctly handles SME-in-wpa_supplicant
cases. However SME-in-driver cases, complete SAE authentication is
performed. As a result, first reassociation attempt fails.

Fix SME-in-driver behavior by reseting authentication algorithm to
WPA_AUTH_ALG_OPEN when reassociating with SAE AP with an existing PMKSA
cache entry.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2019-04-16 01:53:21 +03:00
Avraham Stern
fe01cd0067 Fix FILS ERP association event with 4-way HS offload drivers
When FILS authentication is used with ERP, no EAPOL frames are expected
after association. However, for drivers that set the
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_8021X capability flag, the EAP state
machine was not configured correctly and was waiting for EAPOL frames,
which leads to disconnection.

Fix this by reordering the if branches to set the EAPOL/EAP state
machines to success when FILS authentication was already completed.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-04-16 01:53:21 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
31cf52bf2e Do not clear FT IEs twice in sme_deinit()
Remove FT IEs clearing from sme_deinit() as it is done twice. The
sme_clear_on_disassoc() call to sme_update_ft_ies() takes care of this.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-04-16 00:48:27 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
01ac337b32 Stop SA Query on disconnection
SA Query wasn't stopped after disconnection, which could potentially
result in an unexpected SA timeout firing later when already connected
to another AP. Fix that by stopping SA Query when an association is
terminated.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-04-16 00:48:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a206c504f Add debug print on stopping SA Query procedure
This makes it easier to debug SA Query behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-04-16 00:42:58 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
710c692381 P2PS: Cleanup pending_p2ps_group flag
pending_p2ps_group flag is not always cleaned, which may later result
in an unexpected GO bring up, after PD response is transmitted in
wpas_prov_disc_resp_cb().
This can be seen when running the following hwsim tests together:
 - p2ps_channel_sta_connected_disallow_freq_mcc
 - p2ps_channel_active_go_and_station_different_mcc
Fix this by clearing pending_p2ps_group flag also when processing new
PD requests. In addition, set this flag only when really needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2019-04-16 00:19:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
984d5b7e1f mesh: Fix random llid generation in an error case
If os_get_random() fails, llid must not be read/used since it could be
uninitialized. Handle that special case by clearing llid explicitly to 0
to continue iteration.

Fixes: 5f92659d88 ("mesh: Add mesh peering manager")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-15 22:26:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6ac47b47d Fix debug print in GET_PREF_FREQ_LIST handler
Do not use the buf argument to wpas_ctrl_iface_get_pref_freq_list() in
the debug print since it points to the response buffer ("OK\n" without
null termination). This was supposed to print the cmd argument instead.
The previous version ended up using uninitialized heap memory from the
response buffer.

Fixes: 983422088f ("nl80211: Add means to query preferred channels")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-15 20:54:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e70e807c8 D-Bus: Fix P2P GroupStarted signal not to use uninitialized IP buffer
wpas_p2p_completed() used wpa_sm_get_p2p_ip_addr() return value properly
for filling in the ip_addr[] string only if the IP addresses got
assigned, but the raw ip[] array was passed to
wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_group_started() regardless of whether the IP
addresses were assigned. This could result in using uninitialized stack
memory for constructing the GroupStarted signal values. Fix this by
filling those in only if the IP addressed are actually available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-15 20:27:52 +03:00
Avraham Stern
56ac1f9dfe RRM: Set last beacon report indication in the last element only
The last beacon report indication was set in all the beacon report
elements in the last frame of the beacon report, while it should be
set only in the last beacon report element of the last frame.

Fixes: ecef0687dc ("RRM: Support for Last Beacon Report Indication subelement")
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-04-13 11:51:05 +03:00
Ben Greear
6f484978fb Document BSS expiration configurables
Help the user be aware of the options to configure when
wpa_supplicant will remove a BSS due to expiration.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-04-13 11:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd1a8cef4c Remove unnecessary copying of SSID and BSSID for external_auth
The external authentication command and event does not need to copy the
BSSID/SSID values into struct external_auth since those values are used
before returning from the call. Simplify this by using const u8 * to
external data instead of the array with a copy of the external data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-12 20:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
242e857285 Extend domain_match and domain_suffix_match to allow list of values
These wpa_supplicant network profile parameters could be used to specify
a single match string that would be used against the dNSName items in
subjectAltName or CN. There may be use cases where more than one
alternative match string would be useful, so extend these to allow a
semicolon delimited list of values to be used (e.g.,
"example.org;example.com"). If any of the specified values matches any
of the dNSName/CN values in the server certificate, consider the
certificate as meeting this requirement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-09 16:24:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a42f1eded scan: Use normal scans after connection failure
In case of connection attempt failure, set 'normal_scans'
to zero, as otherwise it is possible that scheduled scan
would be used and not normal scan, which might delay the
next connection attempt.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2019-04-06 17:13:10 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0487967153 OWE: Fix a possible memory leak on error path
Properly handle the case where OWE IE is allocated, but
there is no space left to add it in the WPA IE buffer.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2019-04-06 17:02:13 +03:00
Peng Xu
edcaf16f9e P2P: Enable HE for both 2G and 5G bands
Previously HE was only enabled for a 2G P2P GO. This change enables HE
for both 2G and 5G P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-05 20:59:48 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
822c756e8c MBO: Update connect params with new MBO attributes to driver
MBO attributes Non-preferred channel list and Cellular capabilities are
updated using WNM-Notification Request frame to the current connected
BSS. These same attributes need to be added in the (Re)Association
Request frame sent by the station when roaming, including the case where
the driver/firmware takes care of SME/MLME operations during roaming, so
we need to update the MBO IE to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-05 20:56:03 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
74f8e768f2 MBO: Always include Non-preferred Channel Report attribute in AssocReq
Include the Non-preferred Channel Report attribute in (Re)Association
Request frames even when the MBO STA has no non-preferred channels in
any operating classes. In case of no non-preferred channels the
attribute length field shall be set to zero and the Operating Class,
Channel List, Preference and Reason Code fields shall not be included.
This indicates to the MBO AP that the MBO STA has no non-preferred
channels access all supported operating classes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-05 20:43:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd23daa8e6 DPP: Move GAS encapsulation into dpp_build_conf_req()
Avoid duplicated code in each user of dpp_build_conf_req() by moving the
common encapsulation case into this helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-03 19:10:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be609c6fc6 SAE: Fix commit message override with external authentication
Do not add duplicate Transaction Sequence and Status Code fields when
using test functionality to override SAE commit message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-04-01 13:28:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9af1eea37a Prefer FT-SAE over FT-PSK if both are enabled
FT-SAE is considered stronger than FT-PSK, so prefer it over FT-PSK
similarly to how SAE is preferred over WPA-PSK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-28 03:27:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
853bd19f22 Add more debug prints on suite selector selection
This makes it a bit easier to figure out why wpa_supplicant selects a
specific cipher/AKM for association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-28 02:58:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d77014e71 Suite B: Prefer FT-EAP-SHA384 over WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192
If both of these AKMs are enabled in the wpa_supplicant network profile
and the target AP advertises support for both, prefer the FT version
over the non-FT version to allow FT to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-28 01:57:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab3aebcce5 SAE: Fix PMKSA cache entry search for FT-SAE case
Previously, PMKSA cache entries were search for AKM=SAE and that did not
find an entry that was created with FT-SAE when trying to use FT-SAE
again. That resulted in having to use full SAE authentication instead of
the faster PMKSA caching alternative.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-27 04:03:12 +02:00
vamsi krishna
bcf1900058 FT-SAE: Enable external auth support for FT-SAE also
Extend the external authentication support to FT-SAE mode connections
also in addition to SAE mode connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-27 03:18:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76fd782abe SAE: Reorder SAE and FT-SAE AKM selection to prefer the FT option
If a network profile has both SAE and FT-SAE enabled, SAE was previously
picked (and used incorrectly as explained in the previous commit). This
is not ideal since use of FT protocol can speed up roaming within in
mobility domain. Reorder this checks so that FT-SAE is preferred over
SAE if both are enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-26 22:50:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
322d328e71 FT: Fix SAE + FT-SAE behavior in association parameter selection
Do not try to initialize FT reassociation if the selected AKM is for SAE
instead of FT-SAE when both of these are enabled in a network profile.
This fixes an issue with MDE being included in an (Re)Association
Request frame even when using a non-FT AKM (which is something that
results in hostapd rejecting the association).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-26 22:50:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
87d8435cf9 DPP: Common configurator/bootstrapping data management
Merge the practically copy-pasted implementations in wpa_supplicant and
hostapd into a single shared implementation in dpp.c for managing
configurator and boostrapping information. This avoid unnecessary code
duplication and provides a convenient location for adding new global DPP
data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-24 17:29:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10ec6a5f38 DPP2: PFS for PTK derivation
Use Diffie-Hellman key exchange to derivate additional material for
PMK-to-PTK derivation to get PFS. The Diffie-Hellman Parameter element
(defined in OWE RFC 8110) is used in association frames to exchange the
DH public keys. For backwards compatibility, ignore missing
request/response DH parameter and fall back to no PFS in such cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-18 18:32:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18015fc8a4 DPP2: Support new legacy+DPP config object credentials
This allows devices supporting DPP protocol version 2 or newer to
provision networks that enable both the legacy (PSK/SAE) and DPP
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-16 18:52:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd6c598007 DPP: Support DPP and SAE in the same network profile
Make both DPP and SAE code aware of the cases where the same network
profile is configured to enable both DPP and SAE. Prefer DPP over SAE in
such cases and start DPP/SAE exchanges based on what both the station
and the AP support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-16 17:29:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9305c2332b DPP: Clean up configuration parsing
Share a single parsing implementation for both hostapd and
wpa_supplicant to avoid code duplication. In addition, clean up the
implementation to be more easily extensible.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-16 17:29:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5db775049 Remove pending connect and sme-connect radio works on disconnect
There was a race condition in a case where a new connection attempt was
scheduled as a pending radio work and that was followed by a DISCONNECT
command before the pending radio work is started. The pending radio work
would not have been deleted in that sequence and instead, it was
executed when the radio became available next. This could result in an
unexpected connection after an explicit request to disconnect.

Fix this by removing pending connect and sme-connect radio works on
disconnection request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 13:03:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67b3bcc954 DPP2: Testing option for Config Object rejction
Add a new testing option to force Enrollee to reject the receive Config
Object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 00:31:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22f90b32f1 DPP2: Configuration Result message generation and processing
Use this new message from Enrollee to Configurator to indicate result of
the config object provisioning if both devices support protocol version
2 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 00:31:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c98617b48d DPP2: Make DPP version number support available over control interface
"GET_CAPABILITY dpp" can now be used to determine which version number
of DPP is supported in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-15 00:31:09 +02:00
Jayachandran Sreekumaran
2b7fa03559 P2P: Fix ACS offloading behavior with p2p_no_group_iface=1
wpa_s->p2p_go_do_acs was not cleared during P2P group deletion and that
resulted in the case of no separate group interface continuing to assume
ACS was to be used for consecutive GO starts even if they tried to
specify a frequency. Fix this by explicitly clearing
wpa_s->p2p_go_do_acs during P2P group deletion and also clear this when
processing the P2P_GROUP_ADD if the parameters do not request ACS to be
used.

Fixes: 37ed3254de ("P2P: ACS offload for the autonomous GO")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-13 13:22:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce7effd08f DPP2: Build configuration flags for DPP version 2 support
The new CONFIG_DPP2=y build option for hostapd and wpa_supplicant is
used to control whether new functionality defined after the DPP
specification v1.0 is included. All such functionality are considered
experimental and subject to change without notice and as such, not
suitable for production use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-13 12:00:09 +02:00
Jared Bents
841205a1ce OpenSSL: Add 'check_cert_subject' support for TLS server
This patch added 'check_cert_subject' support to match the value of
every field against the DN of the subject in the client certificate. If
the values do not match, the certificate verification will fail and will
reject the user.

This option allows hostapd to match every individual field in the right
order, also allow '*' character as a wildcard (e.g OU=Development*).

Note: hostapd will match string up to 'wildcard' against the DN of the
subject in the client certificate for every individual field.

Signed-off-by: Paresh Chaudhary <paresh.chaudhary@rockwellcollins.com>
Signed-off-by: Jared Bents <jared.bents@rockwellcollins.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-03-11 14:09:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9571f945c6 mesh: Check that SAE state initialization succeeded for PMKID check
mesh_rsn_auth_sae_sta() might fail, so verify that sta->sae got
allocated before dereferencing it for a PMKID check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-03-09 18:55:58 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
fafad85274 defconfig: Enable DBus
Acquire the new name, along with introspection. This is generally useful
for other daemons to integrate with wpa_supplicant, notably
NetworkManager.

Debian and Fedora (and likely any other distro that configured wireless
via NetworkManager) enable this.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-03-09 18:35:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
6a8dee76d4 wpa_supplicant: Drop the old D-Bus interface support
This drops support for the fi.epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant D-Bus name
along with the associated CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS option. Nothing should
really be using this since 2010.

This is a just a straightforward removal. Perhaps the dbus_common.c and
dbus_new.c can be merged now. Also, the "_NEW" suffix of the config
option seems to make even less sense than it used to.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-03-09 18:33:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
954c535a50 DPP: Update wpa_supplicant configuration file after provisioning
WPS was already doing this if update_config=1 was set and DPP should be
consistent with that behavior. Update the configuration file if
update_config=1 and dpp_config_processing is set to 1 or 2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-03-09 16:21:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
339dc8bd6b WPS: Allow SAE configuration to be added automatically for PSK
The new wpa_supplicant configuration parameter wps_cred_add_sae=1 can be
used to request wpa_supplicant to add SAE configuration whenever WPS is
used to provision WPA2-PSK credentials and the credential includes a
passphrase (instead of PSK). This can be used to enable WPA3-Personal
transition mode with both SAE and PSK enabled and also with PMF enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-06 21:52:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd83089120 SAE: Reuse previously generated PWE on a retry with the same AP
Do not start SAE authentication from scratch when the AP requests
anti-clogging token to be used. Instead, use the previously generated
PWE as-is if the retry is for the same AP and the same group. This saves
unnecessary processing on the station side in case the AP is under heavy
SAE authentiation load.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-06 13:07:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9fe13035e SAE: Enable only groups 19, 20, and 21 in station mode
Remove groups 25 (192-bit Random ECP Group) and 26 (224-bit Random ECP
Group) from the default SAE groups in station mode since those groups
are not as strong as the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).

In addition, add a warning about MODP groups 1, 2, 5, 22, 23, and 24
based on "MUST NOT" or "SHOULD NOT" categorization in RFC 8247. All the
MODP groups were already disabled by default and would have needed
explicit configuration to be allowed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-03-05 17:23:58 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
611308365e defconfig: Enable IEEE 802.11w management frame protection (wpa_supplicant)
NetworkManager can use these if available and the distros generally
enable this already.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
9515fa9250 defconfig: enable IEEE 802.11r fast BSS transition (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Linux distros already enable these, upcoming
NetworkManager will support it too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
6b7a0da75b defconfig: Enable IEEE 802.11n and 802.11ac (wpa_supplicant)
I guess there's no reason anyone with capable hardware wouldn't want to
enable these. Debian and Fedora aleady do.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
467004d632 defconfig: Enable Hotspot 2.0 (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful, Debian enables this. Other distros should too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
ec52faa2b2 defconfig: Enable RSN on IBSS networks (wpa_supplicant)
Fedora and Debian enable this. NetworkManager actually rejects such
configurations citing kernel bugs, but that actually might not be the
right thing to do anymore.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67d99d2e07 defconfig: Remove obsolete notes about OpenSSL requirements for EAP-FAST
OpenSSL 0.9.8 reached its end-of-life long time ago, so remove these old
notes about need of a newer OpenSSL version for EAP-FAST since all
current OpenSSL versions include the needed functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
eafc5fec22 defconfig: Enable a handful of EAP methods (wpa_supplicant)
Fedora uses AKA, FAST, GPSK_SHA256, GPSK, IKEV2, PAX, SAKE and TNC. I
don't know why these in particular. AKA wouldn't work, because
CONFIG_PCSC is off anyways; let's enable all the other ones, and also
PWD (openSUSE enabled it because users demanded it).

Debian enables all of the above uses, but also PWD, AKA_PRIME, SIM, PSK
and EKE.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
f64050da02 defconfig: Enable logging to file and syslog (wpa_supplicant)
Debian and Fedora enable both and log to syslog. openSUSE seems to log
to a flat file instead.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:50 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
ae5240db86 defconfig: Enable simple bgscan module (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Linux distros enable this and also utilize it via
NetworkManager.

Debian also enables the learn module. I'm leaving it off as it's marked
experimental.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
2d6d47219e defconfig: Enable AP (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Debian and Fedora enable this and support creating
access points via NetworkManager too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
f87450a73f defconfig: Enable WPS (wpa_supplicant)
WPS is generally useful with consumer hardware, and exposed to desktop
users via NetworkManager.

The Linux distros, including Debian, Fedora, and openSUSE enable it.
Debian also enables external registar support and NFC.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d989e67d07 defconfig: Fix typos in Wi-Fi Display description
These were supposed to be talking about Wi-Fi Display, not Wi-Fi Direct.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
c4eafad091 defconfig: Enable P2P and Wi-Fi Display (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful. Debian and Fedora enable this, upcoming NetworkManager
provide some level of support too.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
bf46c6fca1 defconfig: Add SAE (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful and the distros (Debian, Fedora) enable this already to
support WPA3-Personal and protected 802.11s mesh BSSs.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
ca098ee454 defconfig: Add DPP (wpa_supplicant)
Generally useful, already enabled in Debian and Fedora.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f7bc06816 UBSan: Avoid a warning on unsigned integer overflow
wpa_non_pref_chan_cmp() needs to use explicit typecasts to avoid UBSan
warnings for unsigned integer overflows.

mbo.c:298:26: runtime error: unsigned integer overflow: 1 - 2 cannot be represented in type 'unsigned int'

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc4cdefc7f UBSan: Avoid unnecessary warning
elems->mic might be NULL here, so do not try to decrement it by 2 even
if the result is not used anywhere due to a latter check for elems->mic
being NULL.

mesh_rsn.c:646:20: runtime error: pointer index expression with base 0x000000000000 overflowed to 0xfffffffffffffffe

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fccfc7a5 UBSan: Avoid memcmp(ptr, NULL, 0)
Skip the memcmp() call if ssid_len == 0 and entry->ssid might be NULL to
avoid an UBSan warning.

wpa_supplicant.c:3956:9: runtime error: null pointer passed as argument 2, which is declared to never be null

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:48:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3b5bd81bd UBSan: Fix RRM beacon processing attempt without scan_info
Some driver interfaces (e.g., wext) might not include the
data->scan_info information and data could be NULL here. Do not try to
call the RRM handler in this case since that would dereference the NULL
pointer when determining where scan_info is located and could
potentially result in trying to read from unexpected location if RRM is
enabled with a driver interface that does not support it.

events.c:1907:59: runtime error: member access within null pointer of type 'union wpa_event_data'

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:43:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01d01a311c UBSan: Avoid size_t variable overflow in control interface
The loop "if (i-- == 0) break" style construction works in practice fine
since the check against 0 is done before decrementation. However, this
hits an UBSan warning, so split that decrementation to happen as a
separate step after the check and break from the loop.

ctrl_iface.c:5086:9: runtime error: unsigned integer overflow: 0 - 1 cannot be represented in type 'size_t' (aka 'unsigned long')

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:42:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec2e7c4cfa UBSan: Avoid unsigned integer overflow is throughput estimation
wpa_scan_result_compar() would return wb->est_throughput -
wa->est_throughput in case the comparison is done based on the
throughput estimates. While the return value from this function is a
signed integer, these est_throughput values are unsigned integers and
need to be explicitly typecast to avoid an UBSan warning.

scan.c:1996:30: runtime error: unsigned integer overflow: 54000 - 135000 cannot be represented in type 'unsigned int'

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-25 19:42:48 +02:00
Lior David
2c129a1b71 Fix cipher suite selector default value in RSNE for DMG
According to IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.25 when fields of an RSNE are
not included, the default values are used. The cipher suite defaults
were hardcoded to CCMP in the previous implementation, but the default
is actually different for DMG: GCMP (per 9.4.2.25.2).

It is not possible to find out from the RSNE if the network is non-DMG
or DMG, so callers of wpa_parse_wpa_ie_rsn() need to handle this case
based on context, which can be different for each caller.

In order to fix this issue, add flags to the wpa_ie_data indicating
whether pairwise/group ciphers were included in the RSNE. Callers can
check these flags and fill in the appropriate ciphers. The
wpa_parse_wpa_ie_rsn() function still initializes the ciphers to CCMP by
default so existing callers will not break. This change also fixes some
callers which need to handle the DMG network case.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-21 12:42:24 +02:00
Davina Lu
83ebf55865 wpa_supplicant: Support Multi-AP backhaul STA onboarding with WPS
The Wi-Fi Alliance Multi-AP Specification v1.0 allows onboarding of a
backhaul STA through WPS. To enable this, the backhaul STA needs to add
a Multi-AP IE to the WFA vendor extension element in the WSC M1 message
that indicates it supports the Multi-AP backhaul STA role. The Registrar
(if it support Multi-AP onboarding) will respond to that with a WSC M8
message that also contains the Multi-AP IE, and that contains the
credentials for the backhaul SSID (which may be different from the SSID
on which WPS is performed).

Introduce a new parameter to wpas_wps_start_pbc() and allow it to be
set via control interface's new multi_ap=1 parameter of WPS_PBC call.
multi_ap_backhaul_sta is set to 1 in the automatically created SSID.
Thus, if the AP does not support Multi-AP, association will fail and
WPS will be terminated.

Only wps_pbc is supported.

This commit adds the multi_ap argument only to the control socket
interface, not to the D-Bus interface.

Since WPS associates with the fronthaul BSS instead of the backhaul BSS,
we should not drop association if the AP announces fronthaul-only BSS.
Still, we should only do that in the specific case of WPS. Therefore,
add a check to multi_ap_process_assoc_resp() to allow association with a
fronthaul-only BSS if and only if key_mgmt contains WPS.

Signed-off-by: Davina Lu <ylu@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnout Vandecappelle (Essensium/Mind) <arnout@mind.be>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Cc: Marianna Carrera <marianna.carrera.so@quantenna.com>
2019-02-18 22:35:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f9632ceb8 mesh: More consistent checking of wpa_s->ifmsh in completion handler
It does not look like wpa_s->ifmsg could be NULL here, but better be
more consistent anyway to keep static analyzers happier by avoiding
dereference of wpa_s->ifmsh in the function before the NULL check for
it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-18 18:46:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
947b5a1532 P2P: Stop listen state if Action frame TX is needed on another channel
This speeds up P2P responses to frames received on an operating channel
in case there is an ongoing P2P listen operation on another channel.
This is applicable to drivers that support multiple channels in
concurrently.

This addresses an issue showing up in the
p2ps_channel_active_go_and_station_different_mcc test case where the
Provision Discovery Request frame can be received on the operating
channel of a group instead of the Listen channel. The response was
delayed until the listen operation timed out and this took too long time
for the peer to receive the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-17 16:53:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f8ceff54c Indicate wifi_generation in wpa_supplicant STATUS output
This adds a wifi_generation=4/5/6 line to the STATUS output if the
driver reports (Re)Association Request frame and (Re)Association
Response frame information elements in the association or connection
event. Only the generations 4 (HT = 802.11n), 5 (VHT = 802.11ac), and 6
(HE = 802.11ax) are reported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-15 02:09:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfa691df4 VLAN assignment based on used WPA/WPA2 passphrase/PSK
Extend wpa_psk_file to allow an optional VLAN ID to be specified with
"vlanid=<VLAN ID>" prefix on the line. If VLAN ID is specified and the
particular wpa_psk_file entry is used for a station, that station is
bound to the specified VLAN. This can be used to operate a single
WPA2-Personal BSS with multiple VLANs based on the used passphrase/PSK.
This is similar to the WPA2-Enterprise case where the RADIUS server can
assign stations to different VLANs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-14 13:36:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbdb501460 Note HT overrides in debug log only if set
This makes the debug log cleaner by removing the mostly confusing prints
about HT override parameters if they are not actually used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-10 01:43:50 +02:00
Masashi Honma
73f285dad2 Add FT-PSK to GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-02-05 23:37:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f99a3c26a Clear config item writing buffer before freeing it
This buffer may be used to store items like passwords, so better clean
it explicitly to avoid possibility of leaving such items in heap memory
unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-02-05 20:26:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a68e9b6980 D-Bus: Fix P2P DeleteService dict iteration
The previous implementation assumed the first entry coming out from the
dict is always service_type. That may not be the case, so properly
iterate over all dict entries in one loop instead of assuming what the
first entry is.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-04 17:13:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0607346f12 D-Bus: Fix a memory leak in DeleteService handler
If the service_type string entry is not included, the dict entry was not
cleared.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-02-04 12:26:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d8c20ec591 DPP: Clear dpp_listen_freq on remain-on-channel failure
If the DPP_LISTEN command failed due to the driver rejecting the
remain-on-channel request, wpa_s->dpp_listen_freq was left set to the
requested listen frequency and this resulted in the next DPP_LISTEN for
the same frequency reporting "DPP: Already listening on .." even when
the driver was not really listening on that frequency. Fix this by
clearing wpa_s->dpp_listen_freq in the error case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-30 12:28:43 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
59fa205388 P2P: Allow the avoid channels for P2P discovery/negotiation
The avoid channels are notified through
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_AVOID_FREQUENCY allow minimal traffic, so
enhance the P2P behavior accordingly by considering these avoid
frequencies for P2P discovery/negotiation as long as they are not in
disallowed frequencies list.

Additionally, do not return failure when none of social channels are
available as operation channel, rather, mark the op_channel/op_reg_class
to 0 as this would anyway get selected during the group formation in
p2p_prepare_channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-30 12:15:19 +02:00
Masashi Honma
89896c0008 tests: Use python3 compatible print statement
This patch is made by using 2to3 command.

$ find . -name *.py | xargs 2to3 -f print -w -n

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-26 12:37:25 +02:00
Masashi Honma
bab493b904 tests: Use python3 compatible "except" statement
This patch is made by using 2to3 command.

$ find . -name *.py | xargs 2to3 -f except -w -n

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-26 12:11:35 +02:00
Daniel Golle
0dab477335 Write multi_ap_backhaul_sta to wpa_supplicant config
The network configration option multi_ap_backhaul_sta was added without
adding it to wpa_config_write_network(). Hence the value of this option
was not included when writing the configuration file. Fix this by
including it in wpa_config_write_network().

Fixes: 5abc7823b ("wpa_supplicant: Add Multi-AP backhaul STA support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2019-01-24 00:27:12 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
98251c6f21 dbus: Document more possible BSS/RSA/KeyMgmt values
This is probably not ideal, since it would be better if it ended up
being autogenerated somehow, but at least it's somewhat of an
improvement.

Also added a comment that encourages keeping the docs in sync.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-01-24 00:24:09 +02:00
Lior David
1e591df063 Check supported types in wpas_mac_addr_rand_scan_set()
When setting scan with randomized MAC, check the requested scan type
against supported types, to ensure callers will not set an unsupported
type, since this can cause scan/connect failures later. It is better to
do this in wpas_mac_addr_rand_scan_set() instead of control interface
specific code to apply the constraint on all possible interfaces using
this setting.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-24 00:21:34 +02:00
Lior David
c85249aa15 Fix test compilation error related to sme_event_unprot_disconnect()
sme_event_unprot_disconnect() is only defined with CONFIG_IEEE80211W, so
the CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS command UNPROT_DEAUTH can be defined only
with builds that enable IEEE 802.11w support.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-24 00:21:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13a200a92a FILS: Remove notes about experimental implementation
The standard amendment has been published and there has been sufficient
amount of interoperability testing for FILS to expect the protocol not
to be changed anymore, so remove the notes claiming this to be
experimental and not suitable for production use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-22 13:33:48 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
86d4e05374 dbus: Expose support of SAE key management in BSS properties
This is going to be useful for NetworkManager and likely others.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-01-22 13:26:12 +02:00
Masashi Honma
3e949655cc Revert "mesh: Apply channel attributes before setup interface"
This reverts commit 2564184440.

Commit 2564184440 ("mesh: Apply channel attributes before setup
interface") triggers some channel configurations to result in leaking
memory. This seems to be caused by hapd->started not getting set when
going through a callback to start hostapd operation (e.g., when using
HT40 coex scan) due to hostapd_setup_bss() not getting called. This
results in hostapd_free_hapd_data() not clearing allocated
hapd->wpa_auth. This can be reproduced with the hwsim test case
mesh_secure_ocv_mix_legacy.

A more complete cleanup of the pending mesh patch for DFS support seems
to be needed to fix this properly, so the best approach for now is to
revert this patch and bring it back once rest of the mesh changes are
ready to be applied.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-21 23:43:12 +02:00
Amit Khatri
cc0f24196b D-Bus: Fix P2P Flush method to clear pending Action frames
If we call p2p_flush from ctrl_iface, before calling p2p_flush() it
calls wpas_p2p_stop_find(). Add the same call to the matching D-Bus
method to clear all pending operations.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit7861234@gmail.com>
2019-01-21 12:30:17 +02:00
Jimmy Chen
a95906f938 P2P: support random interface address
To enhance privacy, generate a random interface for each group.

There are two configurations are introduced:
* p2p_interface_random_mac_addr
  enable interface random MAC address feature, default disable.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2019-01-12 17:58:30 +02:00
Jimmy Chen
9359cc8483 P2P: Support random device address
To enhance privacy, generate a random device address for P2P interface.
If there is no saved persistent group, it generate a new random MAC
address on bringing up p2p0. If there is saved persistent group, it will
use last MAC address to avoid breaking group reinvoke behavior.

There are two configurations are introduced:
* p2p_device_random_mac_addr
  enable device random MAC address feature, default disable.
* p2p_device_persistent_mac_addr
  store last used random MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jimmy Chen <jimmycmchen@google.com>
2019-01-12 17:55:42 +02:00
Peng Xu
5a3319ab1b P2P: Add 802.11ax support for P2P GO
An optional parameter "he" is added to p2p_connect, p2p_group_add, and
p2p_invite to enable 11ax HE support. The new p2p_go_he=1 configuration
parameter can be used to request this to be enabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2019-01-12 13:09:39 +02:00
Martin Stanislav
cfb01f58a6 eapol_test: Start the identifier at an initial random value
Start the (EAP request) identifier at an initial random value
as recommended by RFC 3748 in section 4.1 Request and Response
on page 21.

Signed-off-by: Martin Stanislav <ms@uakom.sk>
2019-01-08 13:40:33 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
d896874f86 nl80211: Indicate 802.1X 4-way handshake offload in connect
Upon issuing a connect request we need to indicate that we want the
driver to offload the 802.1X 4-way handshake for us. Indicate it if
the driver capability supports the offload.

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
2019-01-08 01:12:02 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
436ee2fd93 drivers: Add separate driver flags for 802.1X and PSK 4-way HS offloads
Allow drivers to indicate support for offloading 4-way handshake for
either IEEE 802.1X (WPA2-Enterprise; EAP) and/or WPA/WPA2-PSK
(WPA2-Personal) by splitting the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE flag
into two separate flags.

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
2019-01-08 01:12:02 +02:00
Ben Greear
b06d60a902 Use freq_list to constrain supported operating class information
If a station is configured to allow only a subset of frequencies for an
association, the supported operating classes may need to be more limited
than what the hardware supports.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-01-08 00:20:04 +02:00
Ben Greear
cb828507f5 Use disable_ht/vht to constrain supported operating class information
If user has disabled HT or VHT, those related operating classes
should not be advertised as supported.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-01-08 00:19:07 +02:00
Peter Oh
e5a9b1e8a3 mesh: Implement use of VHT20 config in mesh mode
Mesh in VHT mode is supposed to be able to use any bandwidth that VHT
supports, but there was no way to set VHT20 although there are
parameters that are supposed to be used. This commit along then previous
commit for VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT makes mesh configuration available to
use any bandwidth with combinations of existing parameters like shown
below.

VHT80:
  default
  do not set any parameters
VHT40:
  max_oper_chwidth = 0
VHT20:
  max_oper_chwidth = 0
  disable_ht40 = 1
HT40:
  disable_vht = 1
HT20:
  disable_ht40 = 1
disable HT:
  disable_ht = 1

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-06 23:49:40 +02:00
Peter Oh
806db174fd mesh: Add VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT to max_oper_chwidth
Channel width in VHT mode refers HT capability when the width goes down
to below 80 MHz, hence add checking HT channel width to its max
operation channel width. So that mesh has capability to select bandwidth
below 80 MHz.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-06 23:43:40 +02:00
Ben Greear
fd83a80815 wpa_supplicant: Allow disabling VHT SGI capability
This provides similar features to what was already available for HT
overrides. Probe Request frames look correct, and VHT capabilities shown
in debugfs look as expected.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2019-01-06 20:59:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02f52ab6f5 Use lchown() instead of chown() for self-created files
There is no need to allow symlink dereferencing in these cases where a
file (including directories and sockets) are created by the same
process, so use the safer lchown() variant to avoid leaving potential
windows for something external to replace the file before the chown()
call. The particular locations used here should not have write
permissions enabled for processes with less privileges, so this may not
be needed, but anyway, it is better to make these more restrictive
should there be cases where directory permissions are not as expected
for a good deployment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-06 20:28:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
441ba1a3e3 dbus: Fix build without CONFIG_WNM=y
wpa_s->bss_tm_status is within #ifdef CONFIG_WNM, so need to access it
through matching condition.

Fixes: 80d06d0ca9 ("dbus: Export BSS Transition Management status")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-05 18:44:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc9c4feccc OpenSSL: Allow systemwide policies to be overridden
Some distributions (e.g., Debian) have started introducting systemwide
OpenSSL policies to disable older protocol versions and ciphers
throughout all programs using OpenSSL. This can result in significant
number of interoperability issues with deployed EAP implementations.

Allow explicit wpa_supplicant (EAP peer) and hostapd (EAP server)
parameters to be used to request systemwide policies to be overridden if
older versions are needed to be able to interoperate with devices that
cannot be updated to support the newer protocol versions or keys. The
default behavior is not changed here, i.e., the systemwide policies will
be followed if no explicit override configuration is used. The overrides
should be used only if really needed since they can result in reduced
security.

In wpa_supplicant, tls_disable_tlsv1_?=0 value in the phase1 network
profile parameter can be used to explicitly enable TLS versions that are
disabled in the systemwide configuration. For example,
phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_0=0 tls_disable_tlsv1_1=0" would request TLS
v1.0 and TLS v1.1 to be enabled even if the systemwide policy enforces
TLS v1.2 as the minimum version. Similarly, openssl_ciphers parameter
can be used to override systemwide policy, e.g., with
openssl_ciphers="DEFAULT@SECLEVEL=1" to drop from security level 2 to 1
in Debian to allow shorter keys to be used.

In hostapd, tls_flags parameter can be used to configure similar
options. E.g., tls_flags=[ENABLE-TLSv1.0][ENABLE-TLSv1.1]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-05 17:14:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f808bd59e8 FT: Do not try to use FT-over-air if reassociation cannot be used
There is no point in going through FT authentication if the next step
would have to use association exchange which will be rejected by the AP
for FT, so only allow FT-over-air if previous BSSID is set, i.e., if
reassociation can be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-04 23:22:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19c3a9a88d P2PS: Notify D-Bus about removal of a stale/empty persistent group
During P2PS PD Request processing wpa_supplicant removes stale and empty
persistent groups, but it did not notify D-Bus to unregister object. Fix
this by adding the missing notifications.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-04 13:19:20 +02:00
Amit Khatri
69dc9cabcc P2PS: Notify D-Bus about removal of a stale persistent group
During P2PS PD Request processing wpa_supplicant removes stale
persistent groups, but it did not notify D-Bus to unregister object.
This can result in leaving behind objects pointing to freed memory and
memory leaks. Sometime it can cause a crash in wpa_config_get_all()
function and DBUS_ERROR_OBJECT_PATH_IN_USE errors.

Fix this by adding the missed notification to D-Bus code to unregister
the object.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit7861234@gmail.com>
2019-01-04 13:19:12 +02:00
Peter Oh
0332c27e32 mesh: Consider mesh interface on DFS event handler
Once mesh starts supporting DFS channels, it has to handle DFS related
events from drivers, hence add mesh interface to the check list.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2019-01-03 13:31:55 +02:00
Peter Oh
fed51174d6 mesh: Reflect country setting to mesh configuration for DFS
wpa_supplicant configuration has country parameter that is supposed to
be used in AP mode to indicate supporting IEEE 802.11h and 802.11d.
Reflect this configuration to Mesh also since Mesh is required to
support 802.11h and 802.11d to use DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 13:26:47 +02:00
Peter Oh
2564184440 mesh: Apply channel attributes before setup interface
This helps mesh interface initialization with correct channel
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 13:13:07 +02:00
Peter Oh
3ba4a25e5d mesh: Set interface type to mesh before setting interface
Correct interface type is required to start DFS CAC that can be
triggered during interface setup.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 13:02:56 +02:00
Peter Oh
c95619c211 mesh: Set mesh VHT center frequency
VHT center frequency value is required to compose the correct channel
info.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:59:25 +02:00
Peter Oh
4b5453cedd mesh: Relocate RSN initialization
RSN initialization should work together with mesh join when it's used.
Since mesh join could be called at a different stage if DFS channel is
used, relocate the RSN initialization call to mesh join. It is still the
same call flow of mesh join before this if non-DFS channels are used,
hence no significant side effect will occur.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:36:34 +02:00
Peter Oh
0daa7b75fa mesh: Factor out mesh join function
Mesh join function consists of two parts which are preparing
configurations and sending join event to the driver. Since physical mesh
join event could happen either right after mesh configuration is done or
after CAC is done in case of DFS channel is used, factor out the
function into two parts to reduce redundant calls.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:35:56 +02:00
Peter Oh
1877842904 mesh: Factor out RSN initialization
RSN initialization can be used in different phases if mesh
initialization and mesh join don't happen in sequence such as DFS CAC is
done in between, hence factor it out to help convering the case. This
can also get rid of unnecessary indentation by handling the
mconf->security != MESH_CONF_SEC_NONE functionality in a helper
function.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <peter.oh@bowerswilkins.com>
2019-01-03 12:04:23 +02:00
Hagai Moshe
b9eb717f85 wpa_cli: Add command for setting PSK_PASSPHRASE
Setting mem_only_psk=1 in the wpa_supplicant configuration prevents the
passphrase from being stored in the configuration file. wpa_supplicant
will request the PSK passphrase over the control interface in such case
and this new wpa_cli command can be used to set the psk_passphrase.

usage:
psk_passphrase <network id> <psk_passphrase>

Signed-off-by: Hagai Moshe <hagai.moshe@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
2019-01-03 00:52:51 +02:00
Alex Khouderchah
38b405c8f0 dbus: Expose authentication status to D-Bus
wpa_supplicant currently logs CTRL-EVENT-AUTH-FAILED errors when
authentication fails, but doesn't expose any property to the D-Bus
interface related to this.

This change adds the "AuthStatusCode" property to the interface, which
contains the IEEE 802.11 status code of the last authentication.

Signed-off-by: Alex Khouderchah <akhouderchah@chromium.org>
2019-01-03 00:39:12 +02:00
Matthew Wang
80d06d0ca9 dbus: Export BSS Transition Management status
Add new Interface properties "BSSTMStatus", which carries the status of
the most recent BSS Transition Management request. This property will be
logged in UMA to measure 802.11v success.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-01-03 00:27:01 +02:00
Matthew Wang
2bbad1c7c9 dbus: Export roam time, roam complete, and session length
Add new Interface properties "RoamTime", "RoamComplete", and
"SessionLength". "RoamTime" carries the roam time of the most recent
roam in milliseconds. "RoamComplete" carries True or False corresponding
to the success status of the most recent roam. "SessionLength" carries
the number of milliseconds corresponding to how long the connection to
the last AP was before a roam or disconnect happened.

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wang <matthewmwang@chromium.org>
2019-01-03 00:20:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed87f6a80e Use a helper function for checking Extended Capabilities field
The new ieee802_11_ext_capab() and wpa_bss_ext_capab() functions can be
used to check whether a specific extended capability bit is set instead
of having to implement bit parsing separately for each need.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-02 18:13:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b0898da3 Add [FST] and [UTF-8] flags to BSS command output
These flags were used in SCAN_RESULTS command output, but not BSS. Make
these consistent by adding the flags to BSS as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-02 17:58:31 +02:00
Jouke Witteveen
1f2c42cc7f Show [UTF-8] flag if the SSID is reported as UTF-8
Signed-off-by: Jouke Witteveen <j.witteveen@gmail.com>
2019-01-02 17:58:05 +02:00
Avraham Stern
ecef0687dc RRM: Support for Last Beacon Report Indication subelement
IEEE P802.11-REVmd/D2.0, 9.4.2.20.7 (Beacon request) and 9.4.2.21.7
(Beacon report) add the Last Beacon Report Indication subelement to
Beacon Request and Beacon Report elements.

Add the Last Beacon Report Indication subelement to all Beacon Report
elements if the Beacon Request indicated that this subelement is
requested.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-01-02 16:26:11 +02:00
Avraham Stern
3ec118780a RRM: Add support for beacon report fragmentation
When the frame body subelement would cause the measurement report
element to exceed the maximum element size, the frame body subelement
used to be truncated. In addition, some elements were always truncated
in order to keep the reported frame body short (e.g. RSN IE).

Alternatively, IEEE P802.11-REVmd/D2.0, 9.4.2.21.7 extension to Beacon
reporting can be used: The frame body subelement is fragmented across
multiple beacon report elements, and the reported frame body fragment ID
subelement is added.

Use beacon report fragmentation instead of truncating the frame body
as this method gives the AP a more complete information about the
reported APs.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2019-01-02 15:54:55 +02:00
Nishant Chaprana
46efa3dae0 dbus: Add vendor specific information element in peer properties
Make vendor specific information elements (VSIE) available in peer
properties, so that VSIE of a specific peer can be retrieved using
peer's object path.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2019-01-02 13:00:57 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
89a7cdd690 crypto: Add option to use getrandom()
According to random(4) manual, /dev/random is essentially deprecated on
Linux for quite some time:

"The /dev/random interface is considered a legacy interface, and
/dev/urandom is preferred and sufficient in all use cases, with the
exception of applications which require randomness during early boot
time; for these applications, getrandom(2) must be used instead, because
it will block until the entropy pool is initialized."

An attempt to use it would cause unnecessary blocking on machines
without a good hwrng even when it shouldn't be needed. Since Linux 3.17,
a getrandom(2) call is available that will block only until the
randomness pool has been seeded.

It is probably not a good default yet as it requires a fairly recent
kernel and glibc (3.17 and 2.25 respectively).

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2019-01-02 01:24:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cc58a35735 Update copyright notices for the new year 2019
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-01 23:38:56 +02:00
Beni Lev
19677b77c3 OCE: Add RSSI based association rejection support (STA)
An AP might refuse to connect a STA if it has a low RSSI. In such case,
the AP informs the STA with the desired RSSI delta and a retry timeout.
Any subsequent association attempt with that AP (BSS) should be avoided,
unless the RSSI level improved by the desired delta or the timeout has
expired.

Defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Optimized Connectivity Experience technical
specification v1.0, section 3.14 (RSSI-based association rejection
information).

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2019-01-01 17:56:25 +02:00
Aloni, Adiel
dc9b7d217c P2P: Set global->p2p_group_formation in wpas_p2p_join_start() for p2pdev
When a dedicated P2P device interface is used, the
global->p2p_group_formation was not set in wpas_p2p_join_start() if no
separate group interface is used. This would cause that in case of a
failure in group formation, the cleaning of p2p_in_provisioning is done
on the wrong interface. Furthermore, P2P_CANCEL command could not be
used to stop such a group-join operation. Fix this by setting the
global->p2p_group_formation correctly in case that the group interface
is reusing wpa_s->parent.

Signed-off-by: Adiel Aloni <adiel.aloni@intel.com>
2019-01-01 16:56:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32bb47faa1 Update wpa_supplicant channel list on FLUSH
Try to make sure the driver channel list state is synchronized with
wpa_supplicant whenever explicitly clearing state (e.g., between hwsim
test cases).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2019-01-01 15:58:46 +02:00
Ben Greear
3518e3623f wpa_cli: Allow reconnect to global interface
Old code would just re-connect to a particular interface, even if user
had started wpa_cli with the '-g' option. Refactor global control
interface connection routine to allow it to be used in
wpa_cli_reconnect().

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2018-12-31 12:32:14 +02:00
Michal Privoznik
1b8ed2cac1 wpa_supplicant: Fix build with !CONFIG_AP and CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW
If the CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW is enabled but CONFIG_AP is
disabled the build fails. This is because dbus getters try to
access ap_iface member of wpa_supplicant struct which is defined
if and only if CONFIG_AP is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Michal Privoznik <mprivozn@redhat.com>
2018-12-31 11:41:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
948ba8c294 mka: MIB information
Provide MKA information through the wpa_supplicant control interface MIB
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-29 16:52:31 +02:00
Asbjørn Sloth Tønnesen
594b7fbdde wpa_supplicant: Document nl80211 driver in the man page
Signed-off-by: Asbjørn Sloth Tønnesen <hostap@asbjorn.st>
2018-12-27 16:03:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7251f0badc mka: Extend CAK/CKN-from-EAP-MSK API to pass in MSK length
This can be used to allow 256-bit key hierarchy to be derived from
EAP-based authentication. For now, the MSK length is hardcoded to 128
bits, so the previous behavior is maintained.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-26 16:44:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
871439b5d5 mka: Allow 256-bit CAK to be configured for PSK mode
This allows 256-bit CAK to be used as the root key in the MKA key
hierarchy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-26 16:44:58 +02:00
Andrey Kartashev
e49b78c0d5 mka: Allow configuration of MACsec replay protection
Add new configuration parameters macsec_replay_protect and
macsec_replay_window to allow user to set up MACsec replay protection
feature. Note that according to IEEE Std 802.1X-2010 replay protection
and delay protection are different features: replay protection is
related only to SecY and does not appear on MKA level while delay
protection is something that KaY can use to manage SecY state.

Signed-off-by: Andrey Kartashev <andrey.kartashev@afconsult.com>
2018-12-26 16:42:25 +02:00
Mike Siedzik
2fc0675683 mka: Fix lowest acceptable Packet Number (LPN) calculation and use
The purpose of the Lowest Acceptable PN (lpn) parameters in the MACsec
SAK Use parameter set is to enforce delay protection. Per IEEE Std
802.1X-2010, Clause 9, "Each SecY uses MKA to communicate the lowest PN
used for transmission with the SAK within the last two seconds, allowing
receivers to bound transmission delays."

When encoding the SAK Use parameter set the KaY should set llpn and olpn
to the lowest PN transmitted by the latest SAK and oldest SAK (if
active) within the last two seconds. Because MKPDUs are transmitted
every 2 seconds (MKA_HELLO_TIME), the solution implemented here
calculates lpn based on the txsc->next_pn read during the previous MKPDU
transmit.

Upon receiving and decoding a SAK Use parameter set with delay
protection enabled, the KaY will update the SecY's lpn if the delay
protect lpn is greater than the SecY's current lpn (which is a product
of last PN received and replay protection and window size).

Signed-off-by: Michael Siedzik <msiedzik@extremenetworks.com>
2018-12-26 16:42:25 +02:00
michael-dev
b678ed1efc macsec: Make pre-shared CKN variable length
IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, 9.3.1 defines following restrictions for CKN:

"MKA places no restriction on the format of the CKN, save that it comprise
an integral number of octets, between 1 and 32 (inclusive), and that all
potential members of the CA use the same CKN. No further constraints are
placed on the CKNs used with PSKs, ..."

Hence do not require a 32 octet long CKN but instead allow a shorter CKN
to be configured.

This fixes interoperability with some Aruba switches, that do not accept
a 32 octet long CKN (only support shorter ones).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2018-12-25 17:29:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93701b4afe tests: Allow TX/RX data test to use different frame length
This is needed for MACsec test cases with a bit shorter MTU.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-24 23:56:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e422a819d0 Check snprintf result to avoid compiler warnings
These do not really get truncated in practice, but it looks like some
newer compilers warn about the prints, so silence those by checking the
result and do something a bit more useful if the output would actually
get truncated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-24 11:09:22 +02:00
Damodaran, Rohit (Contractor)
ee98dd631a Readme for DPP
Addi a readme file for users for on-boarding devices with Device
Provisioning Protocol (DPP).

Signed-off-by: Rohit Damodaran <Rohit_Damodaran@comcast.com>
2018-12-23 17:25:11 +02:00
Andrej Shadura
c3f23ad6c7 dbus: Expose connected stations on D-Bus
Make it possible to list connected stations in AP mode over D-Bus, along
with some of their properties: rx/tx packets, bytes, capabilities, etc.

Signed-off-by: Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre <mathieu.trudel-lapierre@canonical.com>

Rebased by Julian Andres Klode <juliank@ubuntu.com> and updated to use
the new getter API.

Further modified by Andrej Shadura to not error out when not in AP mode
and to send separate StationAdded/StationRemoved signals instead of
changing signatures of existing StaAuthorized/StaDeauthorized signals.

Signed-off-by: Andrej Shadura <andrew.shadura@collabora.co.uk>
2018-12-23 17:25:11 +02:00
Andrej Shadura
f5f4c11aa1 dbus: Use dbus_bool_t, not int for boolean function arguments
Properties argument specifies whether to add object's properties
or not, hence it doesn't need to be int.

Signed-off-by: Andrej Shadura <andrew.shadura@collabora.co.uk>
2018-12-23 17:25:11 +02:00
Sergey Matyukevich
cdeea70f59 wpa_supplicant: Allow overriding HT STBC capabilities
Allow user to override STBC configuration for Rx and Tx spatial streams.
Add new configuration options to test for HT capability overrides.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
2018-12-23 17:25:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fb292c08e Add SAE to GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt
Provide information about SAE AKM support in "GET_CAPABILITY key_mgmt"
for completeness. The "GET_CAPABILITY auth_alg" case is already
providing information about SAE support through user space SME.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-21 21:49:02 +02:00
Prasad, Jagadeesh (Contractor)
d2b5138116 DPP: Add self configuration command in hostapd_cli and wpa_cli
The back-end support for DPP self configuration was already present in
hostapd and wpa_supplicant. However, the command to invoke DPP self
configuration was not available in hostapd_cli and wpa_cli. Add the
command "dpp_configurator_sign" in them.

Signed-off-by: Prasad, Jagadeesh <Jagadeesh_Prasad@comcast.com>
2018-12-21 12:02:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
53d5de6f1d DPP: Accept DPP_CONFIGURATION_SIGN without double space before parameters
Make this command more convenient to use by not requiring two space
characters between the command and the first parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-21 12:02:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a93ecc8ca Expose Multi-BSS STA capability through wpa_supplicant control interface
Indicate whether the driver advertises support for Multi-BSS STA
functionality with "GET_CAPABILITY multibss" (returns "MULTIBSS-STA" if
supported).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-20 21:30:43 +02:00
Venkateswara Naralasetty
5abc7823bd wpa_supplicant: Add Multi-AP backhaul STA support
Advertise vendor specific Multi-AP IE in (Re)Association Request frames
and process Multi-AP IE from (Re)Association Response frames if the user
enables Multi-AP fuctionality. If the (Re)Association Response frame
does not contain the Multi-AP IE, disassociate.

This adds a new configuration parameter 'multi_ap_backhaul_sta' to
enable/disable Multi-AP functionality.

Enable 4-address mode after association (if the Association Response
frame contains the Multi-AP IE). Also enable the bridge in that case.
This is necessary because wpa_supplicant only enables the bridge in
wpa_drv_if_add(), which only gets called when an interface is added
through the control interface, not when it is configured from the
command line.

Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnout Vandecappelle (Essensium/Mind) <arnout@mind.be>
2018-12-20 12:10:31 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
fa97981265 OCV: Include and verify OCI in WNM-Sleep Exit frames
Include and verify the OCI element in WNM-Sleep Exit Request and
Response frames. In case verification fails, the frame is silently
ignored.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 15:50:12 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
034388ac9c OCV: Include and verify OCI in the AMPE handshake
Include and verify the OCI element in AMPE Open and Confirm frames. Note
that the OCI element is included even if the other STA didn't advertise
support of OCV. The OCI element is only required and verified if both
peers support OCV.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 15:50:12 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
716ed96e8d OCV: Pass ocv parameter to mesh configuration
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 15:50:12 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
5c7d35ba07 Add UNPROT_DEAUTH command for testing OCV
This new wpa_supplicant control interface command can be used to
simplify testing SA Query with OCV.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 15:50:12 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
f91e68e903 OCV: Perform an SA Query after a channel switch
After the network changed to a new channel, perform an SA Query with the
AP after a random delay if OCV was negotiated for the association. This
is used to confirm that we are still operating on the real operating
channel of the network. This commit is adding only the station side
functionality for this, i.e., the AP behavior is not changed to
disconnect stations with OCV that do not go through SA Query.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 15:50:12 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
f9da7505bf OCV: Include and verify OCI in SA Query frames
Include an OCI element in SA Query Request and Response frames if OCV
has been negotiated.

On Linux, a kernel patch is needed to let clients correctly handle SA
Query Requests that contain an OCI element. Without this patch, the
kernel will reply to the SA Query Request itself, without verifying the
included OCI. Additionally, the SA Query Response sent by the kernel
will not include an OCI element. The correct operation of the AP does
not require a kernel patch.

Without the corresponding kernel patch, SA Query Requests sent by the
client are still valid, meaning they do include an OCI element.
Note that an AP does not require any kernel patches. In other words, SA
Query frames sent and received by the AP are properly handled, even
without a kernel patch.

As a result, the kernel patch is only required to make the client properly
process and respond to a SA Query Request from the AP. Without this
patch, the client will send a SA Query Response without an OCI element,
causing the AP to silently ignore the response and eventually disconnect
the client from the network if OCV has been negotiated to be used.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 15:42:23 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
6ab73efa72 OCV: Add utility functions to insert OCI elements
This commit adds utility functions to insert various encoding of the OCI
element.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-17 00:02:14 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
55c12f5d37 OCV: Advertise OCV capability in RSN capabilities (STA)
Set the OCV bit in RSN capabilities (RSNE) based on station mode
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 20:49:27 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
875ab60d73 OCV: Advertise OCV capability in RSN capabilities (AP)
Set the OCV bit in RSN capabilities (RSNE) based on AP mode
configuration. Do the same for OSEN since it follows the RSNE field
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 20:48:48 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
ce6829c284 OCV: Add wpa_supplicant config parameter
Add wpa_supplicant network profile parameter ocv to disable or enable
Operating Channel Verification (OCV) support.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 20:31:21 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
138205d600 OCV: Add build configuration for channel validation support
Add compilation flags for Operating Channel Verification (OCV) support.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 20:31:21 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
ad20a1367f Store the VHT Operation element of an associated STA
APs and mesh peers use the VHT Operation element to advertise certain
channel properties (e.g., the bandwidth of the channel). Save this
information element so we can later access this information.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 18:35:30 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
4b62b52e5e Make channel_info available to the supplicant state machine
This adds the necessary functions and callbacks to make the channel_info
driver API available to the supplicant state machine that implements the
4-way and group key handshake. This is needed for OCV.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 18:35:30 +02:00
Mathy Vanhoef
7f00dc6e15 Add driver API to get current channel parameters
This adds driver API functions to get the current operating channel
parameters. This encompasses the center frequency, channel bandwidth,
frequency segment 1 index (for 80+80 channels), and so on.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2018-12-16 18:35:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb2dc898d6 WMM AC: Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-08 16:50:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
22d8bb04d9 WMM AC: Do not write ERROR level log entries when WMM AC is not in use
These two wpa_printf() calls with MSG_ERROR level could be reached when
connecting without (Re)Association Response frame elements being
available. That would be the case for wired connections and IBSS. Those
cases are not supposed to use WMM AC in the first place, so do not
confuse logs with ERROR messages in them for normal conditions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-08 16:48:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06c00e6d93 OWE: Fix OWE network profile saving
key_mgmt=OWE did not have a config parameter writer and wpa_supplicant
was unable to save such a network profile correctly. Fix this by adding
the needed parameter writer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-08 16:27:26 +02:00
Damodaran, Rohit (Contractor)
ad6a92472d DPP: Support DPP key_mgmt saving to wpa_supplicant configuration
In the existing code, there was no "DPP" string available to the DPP key
management type for configuration parser of wpa supplicant. When the
configuration is saved, the key management string was left out from the
config file. Fix this by adding support for writing key_mgmt=DPP option.

Signed-off-by: Rohit Damodaran <Rohit_Damodaran@comcast.com>
2018-12-08 16:17:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ce48c440e HS 2.0: Fix PMF-in-use check for ANQP Venue URL processing
The previous implementation did not check that we are associated with
the sender of the GAS response before checking for PMF status. This
could have accepted Venue URL when not in associated state. Fix this by
explicitly checking for association with the responder first.

This fixes an issue that was detected, e.g., with these hwsim test case
sequences:
gas_anqp_venue_url_pmf gas_anqp_venue_url
gas_prot_vs_not_prot gas_anqp_venue_url

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-08 14:06:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f44d760cf0 HS 2.0: Enable PMF automatically for Hotspot 2.0 network profiles
Hotspot 2.0 Release 2 requires PMF to be negotiated, so enable this by
default in the network profiles created from cred blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-08 14:06:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ce2015a97 HS 2.0: Allocate enough buffer for HS 2.0 Indication element for scan
The HS 2.0 Indication element can be up to 9 octets in length, so add
two more octets to the minimum extra_ie buffer size for scanning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-08 14:06:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec2cf403b8 HS 2.0: As a STA, do not indicate release number greater than the AP
Hotspot 2.0 tech spec mandates mobile device to not indicate a release
number that is greater than the release number advertised by the AP. Add
this constraint to the HS 2.0 Indication element when adding this into
(Re)Association Request frame. The element in the Probe Request frame
continues to show the station's latest supported release number.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-08 14:06:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2973fa39d FT: Fix CONFIG_IEEE80211X=y build without CONFIG_FILS=y
remove_ie() was defined within an ifdef CONFIG_FILS block while it is
now needed even without CONFIG_FILS=y. Remove the CONFIG_FILS condition
there.

Fixes 8c41734e5d ("FT: Fix Reassociation Request IEs during FT protocol")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-03 12:00:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c2c6c01bb8 Update version to v2.7 and copyright years to include 2018
Also add the ChangeLog entries for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to
describe main changes between v2.6 and v2.7.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-02 21:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55570efe35 Uncomment CONFIG_LIBNL32=y in defconfig
libnl 3.2 release is much more likely to be used nowadays than the
versions using the older API, so uncomment this in wpa_supplicant and
hostapd defconfig.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-02 21:34:59 +02:00
Ashok Kumar
698c9e2021 OWE: Try another group only on association rejection with status 77
Do not change the OWE group if association is rejected for any other
reason than WLAN_STATUS_FINITE_CYCLIC_GROUP_NOT_SUPPORTED to avoid
unnecessary latency in cases where the APs reject association, e.g., for
load balancing reasons.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Kumar <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-12-02 20:42:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
117f586b05 DPP: Remove unused wpas_dpp_remain_on_channel_cb()
This function was apparently never used at all.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-02 18:40:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e22c23382f DPP: Apply testing configuration option to signing of own config
Previous implementation had missed this case of setting configurator
parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-02 00:26:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c41734e5d FT: Fix Reassociation Request IEs during FT protocol
The previous implementation ended up replacing all pending IEs prepared
for Association Request frame with the FT specific IEs (RSNE, MDE, FTE)
when going through FT protocol reassociation with the wpa_supplicant
SME. This resulted in dropping all other IEs that might have been
prepared for the association (e.g., Extended Capabilities, RM Enabled
Capabilities, Supported Operating Classes, vendor specific additions).

Fix this by replacing only the known FT specific IEs with the
appropriate values for FT protocol while maintaining other already
prepared elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-12-01 22:02:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d1d469195 Fix indentation level
This gets rid of smatch warnings about inconsistent indenting.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-11-30 21:28:19 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
fcb3f11e4d SAE: Fix external authentication on big endian platforms
Need to handle the little endian 16-bit fields properly when building
and parsing Authentication frames.

Fixes: 5ff39c1380 ("SAE: Support external authentication offload for driver-SME cases")
Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@codeaurora.org>
2018-11-30 17:26:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a00d65e79f DPP: Reject invalid no-psk/pass legacy configurator parameters
Instead of going through the configuration exchange, reject invalid
legacy configurator parameters explicitly. Previously, configuring
legacy (psk/sae) parameters without psk/pass resulted in a config object
that used a zero length passphrase. With this change, that config object
is not sent and instead, either the initialization attempts is rejected
or the incoming initialization attempt is ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-11-30 17:14:49 +02:00
Cedric Izoard
18a0508a41 external-auth: Check key_mgmt when selecting SSID
When selecting SSID to start external authentication procedure also
check the key_mgmt field as several network configuration may be defined
for the same SSID/BSSID pair. The external authentication mechanism is
only available for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2018-11-26 19:09:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
931f7ff656 DPP: Fix GAS client error case handling
The GAS client processing of the response callback for DPP did not
properly check for GAS query success. This could result in trying to
check the Advertisement Protocol information in failure cases where that
information is not available and that would have resulted in
dereferencing a NULL pointer. Fix this by checking the GAS query result
before processing with processing of the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-11-25 13:33:39 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
d7591aab85 dbus: Expose availability of SHA384 on D-Bus
This lets us know whether we can attempt to use FT-EAP-SHA384.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2018-11-24 18:18:25 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
eb7e747931 dbus: Expose availability of FT on D-Bus
This lets us know whether we can attempt to use FT-PSK, FT-EAP,
FT-EAP-SHA384, FT-FILS-SHA256 or FT-FILS-SHA384.

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2018-11-24 18:18:25 +02:00
Lubomir Rintel
59d59eb0e0 Revert "D-Bus: Implement Pmf property"
This reverts commit adf8f45f8a.

It is basically all wrong. The Pmf property did exist, with a signature of
"s" as documented in doc/dbus.doxygen. It was synthesized from
global_fields[].

The patch added a duplicate one, with a signature of "u", in violation
of D-Bus specification and to bemusement of tools that are careful
enough:

  $ busctl introspect fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/666
  Duplicate property

Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
2018-11-24 18:03:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4929d556cc mesh: Add Category and Action field to maximum buffer length
Make the buf_len calculation match more closely with the following
wpa_buf*() operations. The extra room from the existing elements was
apparently sufficiently large to cover this, but better add the two
octet header explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-11-24 13:36:54 +02:00
Bob Copeland
25778502d5 mesh: Fix off-by-one in buf length calculation
The maximum size of a Mesh Peering Management element in the case
of an AMPE close frame is actually 24 bytes, not 23 bytes, plus the
two bytes of the IE header (IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.102). Found by
inspection.

The other buffer components seem to use large enough extra room in their
allocations to avoid hitting issues with the full buffer size even
without this fix.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com>
2018-11-24 13:30:28 +02:00
Davide Caratti
2b7f46f1c7 examples: Fix shellcheck warnings in wps-ap-cli
use 'printf' instead of 'echo -n', to suppress the following warning:

In POSIX sh, echo flags are undefined. [SC2039]

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2018-11-22 15:53:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc673aec46 HS 2.0: Generate AssocReq OSEN IE based on AP advertisement
Parse the OSEN IE from the AP to determine values used in the AssocReq
instead of using hardcoded cipher suites. This is needed to be able to
set the group cipher based on AP advertisement now that two possible
options exists for this (GTK_NOT_USED in separate OSEN BSS; CCMP or
GTK_NOT_USED in shared BSS case). Furthermore, this is a step towards
allowing other ciphers than CCMP to be used with OSEN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-11-09 18:07:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d514b50265 WNM: Collocated Interference Reporting
Add support for negotiating WNM Collocated Interference Reporting. This
allows hostapd to request associated STAs to report their collocated
interference information and wpa_supplicant to process such request and
reporting. The actual values (Collocated Interference Report Elements)
are out of scope of hostapd and wpa_supplicant, i.e., external
components are expected to generated and process these.

For hostapd/AP, this mechanism is enabled by setting
coloc_intf_reporting=1 in configuration. STAs are requested to perform
reporting with "COLOC_INTF_REQ <addr> <Automatic Report Enabled> <Report
Timeout>" control interface command. The received reports are indicated
as control interface events "COLOC-INTF-REPORT <addr> <dialog token>
<hexdump of report elements>".

For wpa_supplicant/STA, this mechanism is enabled by setting
coloc_intf_reporting=1 in configuration and setting Collocated
Interference Report Elements as a hexdump with "SET coloc_intf_elems
<hexdump>" control interface command. The hexdump can contain one or
more Collocated Interference Report Elements (each including the
information element header). For additional testing purposes, received
requests are reported with "COLOC-INTF-REQ <dialog token> <automatic
report enabled> <report timeout>" control interface events and
unsolicited reports can be sent with "COLOC_INTF_REPORT <hexdump>".

This commit adds support for reporting changes in the collocated
interference (Automatic Report Enabled == 1 and partial 3), but not for
periodic reports (2 and other part of 3).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-30 14:07:51 +02:00
Ilan Peer
170244a1cd SME: Fix order of WPA IE in association request
In case that the protocol used for association is WPA the WPA IE was
inserted before other (non vendor specific) IEs. This is not in
accordance to the standard that states that vendor IEs should be placed
after all the non vendor IEs are placed. In addition, this would cause
the low layers to fail to properly order information elements.

To fix this, if the protocol used is WPA, store the WPA IE and reinsert
it after all the non vendor specific IEs were placed.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2018-10-20 11:26:13 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
ac0ac1ddfd wpa_supplicant: Fix buffer overflow in roaming_consortiums
When configuring more than 36 roaming consortiums with SET_CRED, the
stack is smashed. Fix that by correctly verifying the
num_roaming_consortiums.

Fixes: 909a948b ("HS 2.0: Add a new cred block parameter roaming_consortiums")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2018-10-14 20:47:35 +03:00
Ilan Peer
c04562e67e OWE: Improve discovery of OWE transition mode AP
An OWE AP device that supports transition mode does not transmit the
SSID of the OWE AP in its Beacon frames and in addition the OWE AP does
not reply to broadcast Probe Request frames. Thus, the scan results
matching relies only on Beacon frames from the OWE open AP which can be
missed in case the AP's frequency is actively scanned.

To improve the discovery of transition mode APs, include their SSID in
the scan command to perform an active scan for the SSIDs learned from
the open mode BSSs.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2018-10-12 19:59:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5e6270f25 OWE: Use shorter scan interval during transition mode search
Start scans more quickly if an open BSS advertising OWE transition mode
is found, but the matching OWE BSS has not yet been seen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-12 19:59:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
91073ccaaa OWE: Attempt more scans for OWE transition SSID if expected BSS not seen
This commit introduces a threshold for OWE transition BSS selection,
which signifies the maximum number of selection attempts (scans) done
for finding OWE BSS.

This aims to do more scan attempts for OWE BSS and eventually select the
open BSS if the selection/scan attempts for OWE BSS exceed the
configured threshold.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-12 19:59:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
baf4c86379 HS 2.0: Request and process OSU Providers NAI List ANQP-element
Extend wpa_supplicant to use a separate OSU_NAI information from OSU
Providers NAI List ANQP-element instead of the OSU_NAI information from
OSU Providers list ANQP-element when connecting to the shared BSS
(Single SSID) for OSU.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-05 20:51:51 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
cf94626c50 OWE: Do not try to enable PMF for non-RSN associations
Explicitly set the PMF configuration to 0 (NO_MGMT_FRAME_PROTECTION) for
non-RSN associations. This specifically helps with OWE transition mode
when the network block is configured with PMF set to required, but the
BSS selected is in open mode. There is no point to try to enable PMF for
such an association.

This fixes issues with drivers that use the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP
attribute to set expectations for PMF use. The combination of non-RSN
connection with claimed requirement for PMF (NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED) could
cause such drivers to reject the connection in OWE transition mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-10-04 00:26:41 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
50b77f50e8 DPP: Flush PMKSA if an assoc reject without timeout is received
Flush the PMKSA upon receiving assoc reject event without timeout
in the event data, to avoid trying the subsequent connections
with the old PMKID. Do not flush PMKSA if assoc reject is
received with timeout as it is generated internally from the
driver without reaching the AP.

This extends commit d109aa6cac ("SAE:
Flush PMKSA if an assoc reject without timeout is received") to handle
also the DPP AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-18 13:15:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3ecb8a5203 ANQP: Parse and report Venue URL information
Parse the Venue URL ANQP-element payload and report it with the new
RX-VENUE-URL event messages if the query was done using PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-15 05:17:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
075926ec71 HS 2.0: Add alternative OSU_SSID into providers info file
This adds the second SSID (the one used by the shared BSS) for OSU
connection when generating osu-providers.txt. External tools can use
that to configure multiple network profiles for OSU to cover the cases
where transition mode is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-09-12 02:52:50 +03:00
Beni Lev
077232f603 OCE: Add OCE capability attribute only when associating to an OCE AP
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2018-09-02 18:16:30 +03:00
Roee Zamir
2ac4333404 OCE: Send scan parameters when OCE_STA functionality is enabled
If the device supports OCE features and OCE is enabled, set the relevant
scan parameters and FILS Request Parameters element with Max Channel
Time.

Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
2018-09-02 18:08:51 +03:00
Roee Zamir
938dd97a84 driver: Add OCE scan parameters
Add a flag to scan parameters that enables OCE scan features. If this
flag is set the device should enable the following features as defined
in the Optimized Connectivity Experience Technical Specification v1.0:
- Overwrite FILS request Max Channel Time with actual value (clause 3.8)
- Send Probe Request frame in high rate (at least 5.5 Mbps) (clause 3.12)
- Probe Request frame Transmission Deferral and Suppression (clause 3.5)
- Accept broadcast Probe Response frame (clause 3.6)

Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
2018-09-02 17:53:32 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
20f612d998 DPP: Set group id through DPP_AUTH_INIT or dpp_configurator_params
This enhances DPP_AUTH_INIT, DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN, and SET
dpp_configurator_params to allow optional setting of the DPP groupId
string for a Connector. If the value is not set, the previously wildcard
value ("*") is used by default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-30 23:34:00 +03:00
Ankita Bajaj
af835d75b7 FILS: Fix FILS connect failures after ERP key invalidation
If the RADIUS authentication server dropped the cached ERP keys for any
reason, FILS authentication attempts with ERP fails and the previous
wpa_supplicant implementation ended up trying to use the same keys for
all consecutive attempts as well. This did not allow recovery from state
mismatch between the ERP server and peer using full EAP authentication.

Address this by trying to use full (non-FILS) authentication when trying
to connect to an AP using the same ERP realm with FILS-enabled network
profile if the previous authentication attempt had failed. This allows
new ERP keys to be established and FILS authentication to be used again
for the consecutive connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-24 16:27:34 +03:00
Jouke Witteveen
1e1245bc8b Fix QoS Mapping ext capab bit setting
Fix the typo in using WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QOS_MAPPING to set the QoS Map
bit in Extended Capabilities. The previous implementation ended up
adding this bit even if the driver did not actually indicate support for
the capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouke Witteveen <j.witteveen@gmail.com>
2018-08-12 16:35:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecec4878b7 Provide more details of WPA3 modes in wpa_supplicant.conf
Clarify that proto=RSN is used for WPA3 and add the WPA3-Personal name
for SAE and include OWE as a possible key_mgmt value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-08-01 17:55:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8cf9fc33f P2P: Use more compact debug print of common group frequencies
Print the list of frequencies on a single line instead of one line per
frequency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-15 22:28:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26eac0a998 P2P: Improve common group channel selection if GO needs to be moved
Prefer channels that support VHT80 (and secondarily, HT40 on the same
band) over other common group channels. If no such channel is found,
prefer any channel that uses the same band so that CSA can be used. This
improves the case where a P2P GO needs to move to another channel and
there is no other reason (e.g., preferred channel from the driver or an
already used channel from a virtual interface sharing the same radio) to
pick a specific channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-15 22:28:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
616178a2ad P2P/AP: More detailed debug prints on HT/VHT parameter selection
This makes it easier to debug why wpa_supplicant selects particular
HT/VHT parameters for AP/P2P GO mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-06-15 21:40:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
88bf44be42 FT: Fix potential NULL pointer dereference in MDE addition
The bss variable in this function might be NULL, so make the FT MDE
addition case conditional on a BSS entry being available.

Fixes: 3dc3afe298 ("FT: Add MDE to assoc request IEs in connect params")
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8e8c992cd FT: Add key management value FT-EAP-SHA384 for wpa_supplicant
This allows wpa_supplicant to be configuted to use the SHA384-based FT
AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 20:16:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c2715b358 FT: Connection settings for SHA384-based AKM
Extend wpa_supplicant to allow SHA384-based FT AKM to be selected for a
connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-06-05 19:29:53 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
20c2ea412a wpa_supplicant: Fix parsing of max_oper_chwidth
The max_oper_chwidth is parsed in wpa_config_set as INT_RANGE (see
ssid_fields). The actual parsing for INT_RANGE is done by
wpa_config_parse_int which can only store the result as full integer.

max_oper_chwidth is stored as u8 (a single byte) in wpa_ssid. This means
that on little endian systems, the least significant byte of the parsed
value are really stored in the max_oper_chwidth. But on big endian
system, the only most significant byte is stored as max_oper_chwidth.
This means that 0 is always stored because the provided range doesn't
allow any other value for systems with multi-byte-wide integers.

This also means that for common systems with 4-byte-wide integers, the
remaining 3 bytes were written after the actual member of the struct.
This should not have influenced the behavior of succeeding members
because these bytes would have been part of the padding between the
members on most systems.

Increasing its size to a full int fixes the write operations outside of
the member and allows to use the max_oper_chwidth setting on big endian
systems.

Fixes: 0f29bc68d1 ("IBSS/mesh: Add support for VHT80P80 configuration")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
2018-05-31 16:14:28 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
8fd29a0439 mesh: Fix crash with CONFIG_TAXONOMY enabled
wpa_s->ifmsh needs to be allocated using hostapd_alloc_iface() instead
of a direct call to os_zalloc(), otherwise the linked list for station
taxonomy items remains uninitialized, leading to a crash on the first
attempt to traverse that list

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-05-31 13:06:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5a602168f HS 2.0: Allow OSEN connection to be used in an RSN BSS
This allows a single BSS/SSID to be used for both data connection and
OSU. In wpa_supplicant configuration, the current proto=OSEN
key_mgmt=OSEN combination is now allowing both the old separate OSEN
BSS/IE and the new RSN-OSEN to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-29 23:34:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
833bb2ab15 FT: Disable PMKSA caching with FT
PMKSA caching with FT is not fully functional, so disable the case for
now, so that wpa_supplicant does not end up trying to connect with a
PMKSA cache entry from another AKM. FT-EAP was already modified long
time ago to not add PMKSA cache entries itself.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-21 22:18:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9be19d0b9c SAE: Add support for using the optional Password Identifier
This extends the SAE implementation in both infrastructure and mesh BSS
cases to allow an optional Password Identifier to be used. This uses the
mechanism added in P802.11REVmd/D1.0. The Password Identifier is
configured in a wpa_supplicant network profile as a new string parameter
sae_password_id. In hostapd configuration, the existing sae_password
parameter has been extended to allow the password identifier (and also a
peer MAC address) to be set. In addition, multiple sae_password entries
can now be provided to hostapd to allow multiple per-peer and
per-identifier passwords to be set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-19 17:30:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6a65a83fb mesh: Register msg_ctx for hostapd/AP code
The use of hostapd code for a mesh interface did not register
hapd->msg_ctx. This needs to be done similarly to the existing cases in
wpa_supplicant AP and IBSS mode uses so that wpa_msg() calls from the
hostapd/AP code get delivered properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-19 17:22:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ffff7f7095 OWE: Mark connection failed in the unlikely no-bss-entry case
If no BSS entry can be found when processing association rejected event
from the driver for the special OWE case of unsupported
finite-cyclic-group, process the event as a connection failure instead
of just skipping the the OWE retry with another DH group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 19:01:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cc41ee635 Move wpa_supplicant_event() EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT handling into a function
This cleans up the implementation a bit by making this functionality
easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 18:52:17 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
16d5c9637c OWE: Get the bss from bssid of assoc_reject to try for next group
On an assoc_reject from the BSS with the status=77, a connection attempt
with the next supported group happens. The BSS considered here is from
current_bss which may be NULL at this point of time with SME-in-driver
case. Address this by getting the BSS from the bssid obtained in
association reject indication and skip the step if no BSS entry can be
found.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
d109aa6cac SAE: Flush PMKSA if an assoc reject without timeout is received
Flush the PMKSA upon receiving association reject event without timeout
in the event data in SME-in-driver case to avoid trying to use the old
PMKSA entry in subsequent connection attempts. Do not flush PMKSA if
association reject is received with timeout as it is generated
internally from the driver without reaching the AP. This is similar to
the SME-in-wpa_supplicant case that was already addressed within
sme_event_assoc_reject().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce2a9644bd Silence a gcc warning on switch statement fallthrough
Add an explicit comment noting a previously undocumented fallthrough to
not trigger an implicit-fallthrough warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-16 01:16:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d267bdf9bd Silence new gcc warnings on switch statement fallthroughs
Reword the comments to make gcc 8.1 recognize these as designed cases
and not trigger implicit-fallthrough warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-15 20:55:17 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
60a5737e8f FT: Clear SME FT data on disassoc
SME ft_used flag is sometimes not cleared on disassoc. For example,
after initial FT connection, ft_used is set while ft_ies stays NULL.
Later on, upon disassoc, sme_update_ft_ies() is not invoked and ft_used
is not cleared. Fix this by invoking sme_update_ft_ies() also in case
ft_used is set.

This is needed to fix an issue with drivers that use nl80211 Connect API
with FT and expect to the NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN specified in the Connect
command for the initial mobility domain association.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-04 20:56:52 +03:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
d57e06170b wpa_supplicant: Make channel switch event available for non-AP builds
This allows user to get channel switch indication in station mode even
if wpa_supplicant is built without CONFIG_AP=y.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-04 20:31:23 +03:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
d7f038ded2 wpa_supplicant: Add ieee80211ac information in STATUS
This allows user to get current operating mode of station.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
2018-05-04 20:18:55 +03:00
Sean Parkinson
ab35793ec1 wolfSSL: Fix EAP-FAST key derivation
Implement tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() using cryptographic
primitives as wolfSSL implements different spec.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-05-02 13:32:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbbc7e8016 EAP-TLS: Extend TLS version config to allow TLS v1.3 to be disabled
This may be needed to avoid interoperability issues with the new
protocol version and significant changes for EAP use cases in both key
derivation and handshake termination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-05-01 22:13:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
625a8c86ba wpa_cli: Indicate HS20-T-C-ACCEPTANCE to action scripts
This can be used to start a web browser to go through Terms and
Conditions acknowledgment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-29 20:02:13 +03:00
mazumdar
d239ab3962 DFS: Mark channels required DFS based on reg-domain info from the driver
Mark a channel as required DFS based on regulatory information received
from the driver/kernel rather than deciding based on hardcoded
boundaries on the frequency. Previously few channels were being marked
as requiring DFS even though they were non-DFS in a particular country.

If the driver does not provide channel list information, fall back to
the previously used frequency-based determination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7fc6a024f9 HS 2.0: Process received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notification
Extend wpa_supplicant WNM-Notification RX handling to parse and process
received Terms and Conditions Acceptance notifications. If PMF is
enabled for the association, this frame results in control interface
indication (HS20-T-C-ACCEPTANCE <URL>) to get upper layers to guide the
user through the required acceptance steps.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
72b6e5d1e2 Do not remove CCMP group cipher if any CCMP/GCMP cipher is enabled
CCMP group cipher was removed if CCMP was not allowed as a pairwise
cipher when loading a configuration file (but not actually when changing
configuration during runtime). This is needed to avoid issues with
configurations that use the default group cipher (TKIP CCMP) while
modifying pairwise cipher from the default CCMP TKIP) to TKIP. However,
there is not really a need to remove the CCMP group cipher if any GCMP
or CCMP cipher is enabled as a pairwise cipher.

Change the network profile validation routine to not remove CCMP as
group cipher if CCMP-256, GCMP, or GCMP-256 is enabled as a pairwise
cipher even if CCMP is not.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-24 00:35:43 +03:00
Tova Mussai
c4315e6620 AP: Handle AP initalization failure in async flow
When AP initialization is completed in a callback (e.g., OBSS scan),
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() is not called in case of failure. Fix this by
calling setup_complete_cb in case of failure, too, which in turn calls
wpa_supplicant_deinit_ap() if needed.

Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
2018-04-20 00:48:49 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
86c998d37a FT: Add FT auth algorithm to connect params when roaming
Add WPA FT auth to connect params in case of a re-connection to ESS
supporting FT when FT was used in the first connect.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:35:41 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
3dc3afe298 FT: Add MDE to assoc request IEs in connect params
Add MDE (mobility domain element) to Association Request frame IEs in
the driver assoc params. wpa_supplicant will add MDE only if the network
profile allows FT, the selected AP supports FT, and the mobility domain
ID matches.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Masri <amasri@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:32:49 +03:00
Bhagavathi Perumal S
b55c623e4c Make CENTER_FRQ1 available independently in SIGNAL_POLL
This allows user to get center frequency and find secondary channel
offset.

Signed-off-by: Bhagavathi Perumal S <bperumal@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-20 00:10:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4204669c69 HS 2.0: Add Roaming Consortium Selection element into AssocReq
This makes wpa_supplicant add Hotspot 2.0 Roaming Consortium Selection
element into (Re)Association Request frames if the network profile
includes roaming_consortium_selection parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-18 01:12:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6311547e7b HS 2.0: Add Roaming Consortium Selection network profile parameter
This adds new roaming_consortium_selection network profile parameter
into wpa_supplicant. This is used to store the OI that was used for
network selection (INTERWORKING_SELECT) based on matching against the
Roaming Consortium OIs advertised by the AP. This can also be used when
using an external component to perform selection.

This commit adds the network profile parameter, but does not yet include
it in (Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 17:26:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b7695275c HS 2.0: Use roaming_consortiums list to match OIs for access
This extends Hotspot 2.0 credential matching to consider the
roaming_consortiums parameter when determining whether the cred block
matches the information advertised by an AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 17:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
909a948b0f HS 2.0: Add a new cred block parameter roaming_consortiums
This new string parameter contains a comma delimited list of OIs
(hexdump) in a string. This is used to store Hotspot 2.0
PerProviderSubscription/<X+>/HomeSP/RoamingConsortiumOI. This commit
includes the configuration changes to parse and write the parameter. The
actual values are not yet used in Interworking network selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b6f93e4d6 HS 2.0: Document credential parameter required_roaming_consortium
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a8a04d742 HS 2.0: Add fetching of Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element
This extends wpa_supplicant Hotspot 2.0 ANQP routines to allow the
Operator Icon Metadata ANQP-element to be fetched with "ANQP_GET <bssid>
hs20:12". The result is available in the new hs20_operator_icon_metadata
entry in the "BSS <bssid>" output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-04-17 16:40:42 +03:00
Dmitry Lebed
37547ad63c wpa_supplicant: Increase authentication timeout if CAC is started
Timeout is increased by dfs_cac_ms from channel data, or by max CAC time
(10 minutes) if dfs_cac_ms is not defined. This is needed for some more
complex cases, e.g., when STA is acting as an active slave with DFS
offload enabled and decided to start CAC after receiving CONNECT
command, in such a case the 10 second timeout is too small and
wpa_supplicant need to wait for CAC completion or CAC timeout (up to 10
minutes).

Without such timeout modification wpa_supplicant will be unable to
connect to an AP on DFS channel, since the default authentication
timeout (10 s) is smaller than the minimum CAC time (60 s).

Tested with nl80211 DFS offload implementation.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Lebed <dlebed@quantenna.com>
2018-04-15 22:20:49 +03:00
Dmitry Lebed
2dd5fbbff8 wpa_supplicant: Rename wpas_event_*() to wpas_ap_event_*()
Rename DFS event handling functions, since they are located in ap.c and
refer to AP-mode only. Needed to add some STA-mode DFS event handling.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Lebed <dlebed@quantenna.com>
2018-04-15 22:07:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a2ab37308a Fix sae_password documentation in wpa_supplicant to refer correct field
sae_password replaces psk, not passphrase, parameter in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-13 12:09:33 +03:00
Daniel Golle
d5906fbb72 mesh: Properly handle sae_password
The recently introduced sae_password parameter was only handled properly
in wpa_supplicant/sme.c while wpa_supplicant/mesh.c assumed that
ssid->passphrase exclusively holds the secret.

Import the logic from sme.c to mesh.c to allow having only sae_password
set which otherwise throws this error:
AP-ENABLED
mesh: Passphrase for SAE not configured

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2018-04-13 12:09:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
852b2f2738 SAE: Only allow SAE AKMP for PMKSA caching attempts
Explicitly check the PMKSA cache entry to have matching SAE AKMP for the
case where determining whether to use PMKSA caching instead of new SAE
authentication. Previously, only the network context was checked, but a
single network configuration profile could be used with both WPA2-PSK
and SAE, so should check the AKMP as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-09 19:34:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
06b1a10434 SAE: Fix default PMK configuration for PMKSA caching case
The RSN supplicant state machine PMK was set based on WPA PSK even for
the cases where SAE would be used. If the AP allows PMKSA caching to be
used with SAE, but does not indicate the selected PMKID explicitly in
EAPOL-Key msg 1/4, this could result in trying to use the PSK instead of
SAE PMK. Fix this by not setting the WPA-PSK as default PMK for SAE
network profiles and instead, configuring the PMK explicitly from the
found PMKSA cache entry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-09 13:10:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66dbc8d9c3 Add more debug prints for wpa_sm_set_pmk() calls
Couple of these were not preceded by wpa_hexdump_key(PSK) which made it
more difficult to interpret the debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-08 19:11:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ee2c6bb5e5 Remove CONFIG_IEEE80211R_AP=y build option from wpa_supplicant
There is no existing mechanism for setting up AP mode functionality with
FT enabled, so there is not really much point in having a build option
for trying to include the AP-to-AP FT functionality into wpa_supplicant
either. Since this build option results in failures to complete the
build, simply remove it completely. This can be restored if there is
ever desire to enable FT functionality in wpa_supplicant controlled AP
mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-04-02 17:00:45 +03:00
Davide Caratti
d89edb6112 wpa_supplicant: Don't reply to EAPOL if pkt_type is PACKET_OTHERHOST
When wpa_supplicant is running on a Linux interface that is configured in
promiscuous mode, and it is not a member of a bridge, incoming EAPOL
packets are processed regardless of the Destination Address in the frame.
As a consequence, there are situations where wpa_supplicant replies to
EAPOL packets that are not destined for it.

This behavior seems undesired (see IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, 11.4.a), and can
be avoided by attaching a BPF filter that lets the kernel discard packets
having pkt_type equal to PACKET_OTHERHOST.

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2018-04-02 12:21:27 +03:00
Vasyl Vavrychuk
8fb2b35735 Clean up setting of iface->p2p_mgmt flag
Previously we set this flag to one in wpa_supplicant_init_iface() if
Wi-Fi controller does not have a dedicated P2P-interface.

This setting had effect only in scope of wpa_supplicant_init_iface() and
it contradicts with comment to struct wpa_interface::p2p_mgmt field.
This comment says that this flag is used only if Wi-Fi controller has
dedicated P2P-device interface.

Also it contradicts with usage of similiar p2p_mgmt field in struct
wpa_supplicant. Again struct wpa_supplicant::p2p_mgmt is set only for
dedicated P2P-device interface.

After this change wpa_interface become input argument to
wpa_supplicant_init_iface() that we are not modifying.

Signed-off-by: Vasyl Vavrychuk <vvavrychuk@gmail.com>
2018-04-02 12:13:59 +03:00
Vasyl Vavrychuk
d53401c54b dbus: Redirect signal processing to the management device if present
This fixes sending of FindStopped, GroupFormationFailure, and
InvitationReceived signals in the case of separate P2P-Device interface.
This extends the coverage of the earlier commit
745d62322b ("dbus: Redirect P2P request to
the managment device if present") to these three functions that were
missing the redirection.

Some wireless controllers might have separate P2P-Device interface, see
as example result of 'iw dev':

phy#0
        Unnamed/non-netdev interface
                ...
                type P2P-device
                ...
        Interface wlp2s0
                type managed
                ...

In this case there is separate 'struct wpa_supplicant' created for this
p2p-dev-* device as result of 'wpa_supplicant_add_iface >
wpas_p2p_add_p2pdev_interface > wpa_supplicant_add_iface'.

This instance of wpa_supplicant is not registered in D-Bus
(wpas_dbus_register_*) since for corresponding P2P device interface flag
'struct wpa_interface > p2p_mgmt' is set.

But this instance is saved in p2p_init_wpa_s and is used for handling
P2P related D-Bus commands. Therefore we should look for D-Bus path in
the parent of p2p_init_wpa_s instance.

Without this change test dbus_p2p_discovery starts failing if we set
support_p2p_device in vm-run.sh.

Signed-off-by: Vasyl Vavrychuk <vvavrychuk@gmail.com>
2018-04-02 12:02:13 +03:00
Masashi Honma
e480212765 dbus: Add FILS to global capabilities
If any of the interfaces supports FILS (and similarly for FILS-SK-PFS),
include the "fils" (and "fils_sk_pfs") capability in D-Bus information.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2018-04-02 11:56:06 +03:00
Jaap Keuter
208263c014 Add config information related to MACsec
Add examples of relevant top level CONFIG clauses for wpa_supplicant
MACsec support to defconfig.

Extend the example of MACsec related network configuration. Also bring
them in line with the format of the other example network configurations.

Signed-off-by: Jaap Keuter <jaap.keuter@xs4all.nl>
2018-04-01 21:58:57 +03:00
Saurav Babu
e360010c3a dbus: Add mesh to global capabilities
Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2018-04-01 21:52:56 +03:00
Ahmed ElArabawy
45f7574d31 Propagate the EAP method error code
In the current implementation, upon an EAP method failure, followed by
an EAP failure, the EAP Status is propagated up in wpa_supplicant with a
general failure parameter string "failure". This parameter is used for a
notification on the dbus.

This commit reports the EAP method failure error code in a separate
callback.

The solution in this commit is generic to all EAP methods, and can be
used by any method that need to pass its error code. However, this
commit only implements the reporting for EAP-SIM and EAP-AKA methods
where the Notification Code (in AT_NOTIFICATION) is used as the method
specific error code value.

Signed-off-by: Ahmed ElArabawy <arabawy@google.com>
2018-03-31 11:57:33 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
77a020a118 wpa_supplicant: Fix auth failure when the MAC is updated externally
When connecting to a WPA-EAP network and the MAC address is changed
just before the association (for example by NetworkManager, which sets
a random MAC during scans), the authentication sometimes fails in the
following way ('####' logs added by me):

wpa_supplicant logs:
 wlan0: WPA: RX message 1 of 4-Way Handshake from 02:00:00:00:01:00 (ver=1)
 RSN: msg 1/4 key data - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 WPA: PMKID in EAPOL-Key - hexdump(len=22): dd 14 00 0f ac 04 d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 RSN: PMKID from Authenticator - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 wlan0: RSN: no matching PMKID found
 EAPOL: Successfully fetched key (len=32)
 WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machines - hexdump(len=32): [REMOVED]
 #### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
 #### WPA: aa              - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
 #### WPA: spa             - hexdump(len=6): 66 20 cf ab 8c dc
 #### WPA: PMK             - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
 #### WPA: computed PMKID  - hexdump(len=16): ea 73 67 b1 8e 5f 18 43 58 24 e8 1c 47 23 87 71
 RSN: Replace PMKSA entry for the current AP and any PMKSA cache entry that was based on the old PMK
 nl80211: Delete PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
 wlan0: RSN: PMKSA cache entry free_cb: 02:00:00:00:01:00 reason=1
 RSN: Added PMKSA cache entry for 02:00:00:00:01:00 network_ctx=0x5630bf85a270
 nl80211: Add PMKID for 02:00:00:00:01:00
 wlan0: RSN: PMKID mismatch - authentication server may have derived different MSK?!

hostapd logs:
 WPA: PMK from EAPOL state machine (MSK len=64 PMK len=32)
 WPA: 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA_PTK entering state PTKSTART
 wlan1: STA 02:00:00:00:00:00 WPA: sending 1/4 msg of 4-Way Handshake
 #### WPA: rsn_pmkid():
 #### WPA: aa              - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 01 00
 #### WPA: spa             - hexdump(len=6): 02 00 00 00 00 00
 #### WPA: PMK             - hexdump(len=32): b5 24 76 4f 6f 50 8c f6 a1 2e 24 b8 07 4e 9a 13 1b 94 c4 a8 1f 7e 22 d6 ed fc 7d 43 c7 77 b6 f7
 #### WPA: computed PMKID  - hexdump(len=16): d8 21 9d a5 73 98 88 26 ef 03 d2 ce f7 04 7d 23
 WPA: Send EAPOL(version=1 secure=0 mic=0 ack=1 install=0 pairwise=1 kde_len=22 keyidx=0 encr=0)

That's because wpa_supplicant computed the PMKID using the wrong (old)
MAC address used during the scan. wpa_supplicant updates own_addr when
the interface goes up, as the MAC can only change while the interface
is down. However, drivers don't report all interface state changes:
for example the nl80211 driver may ignore a down-up cycle if the down
message is processed later, when the interface is already up. In such
cases, wpa_supplicant (and in particular, the EAP state machine) would
continue to use the old MAC.

Add a new driver event that notifies of MAC address changes while the
interface is active.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2018-03-30 12:16:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64624f31cf OWE: Fix CONFIG_OWE=y build without CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-26 12:34:36 +03:00
Tamizh chelvam
ec2b5173ce Make STA opmode change event available to upper layers
Add an event callback for EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED to allow
user/application to get the notification whenever there is a change in a
station's HT/VHT op mode.

The new events:
STA-OPMODE-MAX-BW-CHANGED <addr> <20(no-HT)|20|40|80|80+80|160>
STA-OPMODE-SMPS-MODE-CHANGED <addr> <automatic|off|dynamic|static>
STA-OPMODE-N_SS-CHANGED <addr> <N_SS>

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-19 20:07:22 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
8179ae3a2a DPP: Support retrieving of configurator's private key
To retain configurator information across hostapd/wpa_supplicant
restart, private key need to be maintained to generate a valid pair of
authentication keys (connector, netaccess_key, csign) for new enrollees
in the network.

Add a DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY control interface API through which the
private key of an existing configurator can be fetched.

Command format:
DPP_CONFIGURATOR_GET_KEY <configurator_id>

The output from this command can then be used with
"DPP_CONFIGURATOR_ADD key=<hexdump>" to create the same key again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-16 20:55:32 +02:00
Srinivas Dasari
d74963d411 DPP: Extend dpp_test 89 functionality to transmit side
This extends dpp_test functionality to allow DPP exchanges to be stopped
after authentication is completed on the Initiator, i.e., after sending
out the Authentication Confirm message. Previously, dpp_test=89 was used
only on the Responder side to stop after receiving the Authentication
Confirm message. The main use case for this extended functionality is to
be able to stop the protocol exchange on a device that acts as
authentication Initiator and Enrollee.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-03-13 01:03:37 +02:00
Davide Caratti
22151b111b wpa_supplicant: Fix memory leaks in ieee802_1x_create_preshared_mka()
In case MKA is initialized successfully, local copies of CAK and CKN
were allocated, but never freed. Ensure that such memory is released
also when ieee802_1x_kay_create_mka() returns a valid pointer.

Fixes: ad51731abf ("wpa_supplicant: Allow pre-shared (CAK,CKN) pair for MKA")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2018-03-11 17:01:14 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
fec03f9838 Add support for wolfSSL cryptographic library
Allow hostapd/wpa_supplicant to be compiled with the wolfSSL
cryptography and TLS library.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2018-03-03 11:52:40 +02:00
Avraham Stern
b8e88d357a wpa_supplicant: Handle port authorized event
When the driver indicates that the connection is authorized (i.e., the
4-way handshake was completed by the driver), cancel the EAP
authentication timeout and set the EAP state machine to success state.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2018-02-17 18:45:26 +02:00
Arkadiusz Drabczyk
14dcb22a5b wpa_passphrase: Include $(LIBS) for linking
wpa_passphrase requires libcrypto from OpenSSL (or another selected
library). User can set an alternative path to OpenSSL libraries by
defining LIBS at the top of .config but if $(LIBS) is not actually used
wrong libcrypto is used or compilation fails if there is no libcrypto in
the default locations cc is looking for it. It's especially bad for
cross-compilers that fail with 'cannot find -lcrypto' message.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Drabczyk <arkadiusz@drabczyk.org>
2018-02-17 18:11:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b07484c3d DPP: Do not include common/dpp.h without CONFIG_DPP=y
This header file pulls in an OpenSSL header file and as such, should not
be included without CONFIG_DPP=y to avoid bringing in an unnecessary
build dependency on OpenSSL header files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-17 18:07:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e3726c09e Fix a typo in disassoc_low_ack documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-17 17:59:27 +02:00
Danilo Ravotto
19e20c14fb Add ap_isolate configuration option for wpa_supplicant AP mode
Allow client isolation to be configured with ap_isolate inside
wpa_supplicant configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Danilo Ravotto <danilo.ravotto@zirak.it>
2018-02-17 17:48:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aca4d84e3d DPP: Use wildcard BSSID in GAS query frames
Force use of the wildcard BSSID address in GAS query frames with DPP
regardless of how the gas_address3 configuration parameter is set. DPP
specification mandates this and the use of GAS here is really outside
the context of a BSS, so using the wildcard BSSID makes sense even for
the corner case of Configurator running on a known AP (where IEEE 802.11
standard would allow the BSSID of the AP to be used).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-10 12:42:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a252ece24 DPP: Fix GAS query removal race condition on DPP_STOP_LISTEN
If a DPP_STOP_LISTEN call happens to be received when there is a pending
gas-query radio work that has not yet been started, it was possible for
gas_query_stop() to go through gas_query_done() processing with
gas->work == NULL and that ended up with the pending GAS query getting
freed without removing the pending radio work that hold a reference to
the now freed memory. Fix this by removing the pending non-started radio
work for the GAS query in this specific corner case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-07 18:03:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3b50f8a460 DPP: PKEX initiation on other bands
Add support for wpa_supplicant to try to initiate PKEX on 5 GHz and 60
GHz bands in addition to the previously available 2.4 GHz case. If no
response from a peer device is seen on the 2.4 GHz band (channel 6) for
the five attempts, try the other PKEX channels (5 GHz channels 44 and
149; and 60 GHz channel 2) if they are supported and allowed for
initiating radiation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-07 16:56:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70e1901371 DPP: Require use of PMF for DPP AKM
Previously, wpa_supplicant set PMF as optional for the DPP AKM since
there was no clear statement about this requirement in the tech spec.
Now that this requirement has been added, update the implementation to
match. In addition, set ssid->ieee80211w using the actual enum
mfp_options values instead of magic constants to make this a bit more
readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-06 22:08:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3bd35b6816 wpa_supplicant: Fix parsing errors on additional config file
If the -I<config> argument is used and the referenced configuration file
cannot be parsed, wpa_config_read() ended up freeing the main
configuration data structure and that resulted in use of freed memory in
such an error case. Fix this by not freeing the main config data and
handling the error case in the caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-04 12:20:13 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9c5fe742a2 wpa_supplicant: Free config only if it was allocated in same call
If option -I:config points to a non-existing file, the the previously
allocated config must not be freed. Avoid use of freed memory in such an
error case by skipping the incorrect freeing operation.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2018-02-04 12:13:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f8d459d4c OWE: Fix association IEs for transition mode open AP connection
The special case of returning from wpa_supplicant_set_suites() when OWE
transition mode profile is used for an open association did not clear
the wpa_ie buffer length properly. This resulted in trying to use
corrupted IEs in the association request and failed association
(cfg80211 rejects the request or if the request were to go out, the AP
would likely reject it).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-04 11:55:01 +02:00
Simon Dinkin
c6096c6eef wpa_cli: Enable add/remove/get vendor elements without P2P
This functionality can be used regardless of P2P and should not be under
the ifdef of CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2018-02-03 12:44:20 +02:00
Vasyl Vavrychuk
ebf4043739 D-Bus: Report error on starting P2P find
Signed-off-by: Vasyl Vavrychuk <vvavrychuk@gmail.com>
2018-02-03 12:25:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
66b9f3ca8a wpa_cli: Fix cred_fields[] declaration
This was supposed to be an array of const-pointers to const-char; not
something duplicating const for char and resulting in compiler warnings
with more recent gcc versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2018-02-03 12:08:09 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
5ff39c1380 SAE: Support external authentication offload for driver-SME cases
Extend the SME functionality to support the external authentication.
External authentication may be used by the drivers that do not define
separate commands for authentication and association
(~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME) but rely on wpa_supplicant's SME for the
authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-02-02 21:17:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9e834fc648 EAP-SIM/AKA: Separate identity for MK derivation
This allows a separate configuration parameter (imsi_identity) to be
used in EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' profiles to override the identity used in MK
derivation for the case where the identity is expected to be from the
last AT_IDENTITY attribute (or EAP-Response/Identity if AT_IDENTITY was
not used). This may be needed to avoid sending out an unprotected
permanent identity information over-the-air and if the EAP-SIM/AKA
server ends up using a value based on the real IMSI during the internal
key derivation operation (that does not expose the data to others).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2018-01-21 11:28:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1790a5ff8 OWE: Allow station in transition mode to connect to an open BSS
If the OWE network profile matches an open network which does not
advertise OWE BSS, allow open connection. The new owe_only=1 network
profile parameter can be used to disable this transition mode and
enforce connection only with OWE networks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-21 11:13:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fd92095491 DPP: Report reception of Config Request to upper layers
This is mainly for protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
2018-01-12 00:50:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7ed94834d GnuTLS: Add option to build with libnettle instead of libgcrypt
GnuTLS-based builds can now be done using either libnettle or libgcrypt
for crypto functionality:

CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=nettle

CONFIG_TLS=gnutls
CONFIG_CRYPTO=gnutls

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-29 17:13:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
133f8d09fc GnuTLS: Implement HMAC functions using libgcrypt
Replace the internal HMAC MD5, SHA-1, and SHA256 implementations with
the ones from libgcrypt and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85c12a62ee GnuTLS: Implement sha{256,384,512}_vector() using libgcrypt
Replace the internal SHA256 implementation with the one from libgcrypt
and also add the SHA384 and SHA512 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 23:21:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2cb40e9f40 OWE: Try all supported DH groups automatically on STA
If a specific DH group for OWE is not set with the owe_group parameter,
try all supported DH groups (currently 19, 20, 21) one by one if the AP
keeps rejecting groups with the status code 77.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-27 21:06:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9596a75652 PAE: Remove OpenSSL header dependency
Instead of requiring OpenSSL headers to be available just for the
SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE definition, replace that macro with a fixed length (32)
to simplify dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-12-24 21:40:21 +02:00
Sean Parkinson
04b1bcc5f3 EAP-pwd: Use abstract crypto API
This makes it easier to use EAP-pwd with other crypto libraries than
OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Sean Parkinson <sean@wolfssl.com>
2017-12-24 21:40:21 +02:00
Mikael Kanstrup
12bce14b10 wpa_cli: Add completion for get/set cred commands
Add command completion support for get_cred and set_cred commands.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sony.com>
2017-12-16 13:23:52 +02:00
Masashi Honma
6240424a76 dbus: Add FILS key mgmt values into BSS security properties
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-12-16 13:14:37 +02:00
vamsi krishna
d98038bb05 FILS: Driver configuration to disable/enable FILS features
The new disable_fils parameter can be used to disable FILS functionality
in the driver. This is currently removing the FILS Capability bit in
Extended Capabilities and providing a callback to the driver wrappers.
driver_nl80211.c implements this using a QCA vendor specific command for
now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-15 20:52:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f30b69cde OWE: Allow DH Parameters element overriding with driver SME
Commit 265bda3444 ('OWE: Allow DH
Parameters element to be overridden for testing purposes') provided
means for using "VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 13 <IE>" in OWE protocol testing, but
that commit covered only the sme.c case (i.e., drivers that use
wpa_supplicant SME). Extend this to cover drivers that use internal SME
(e.g., use the nl80211 Connect command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-11 13:59:55 +02:00
Jeff Vander Stoep
b65353a767 Android: Set CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y
Wpa_supplicant's random pool is not necessary on Android. Randomness
is already provided by the entropymixer service which ensures
sufficient entropy is maintained across reboots. Commit b410eb1913
'Initialize /dev/urandom earlier in boot' seeds /dev/urandom with
that entropy before either wpa_supplicant or hostapd are run.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Vander Stoep <jeffv@google.com>
2017-12-09 17:47:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
055cd39788 tests: DPP P-256 test vectors
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-07 13:35:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f55269753c DPP: Allow protocol key to be overridden for testing purposes
This can be used for various testing needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-05 23:53:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afd3cf14a0 WPS: Add GCMP-256 and CCMP-256 cipher options on Enrollee
If a credential with encp type AES is received, add GCMP-256 and
CCMP-256 cipher options on station Enrollee based on local capabilities.
This is needed to allow connection with an AP using either of these
newer ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:14:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f481b6fdb WPS: Check BSS table against current BSSID if credential does not match
The credential MAC address is not necessarily that of the AP, i.e., it
is more likely to be that of the Enrollee. Check the scan results
against the current BSSID as well if match is not found otherwise when
going through the mixed mode workaround.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed2c493e9e DPP: Change Authentication Response retry time to 1 second
The previously used 10 second timer did not really make much sense since
the Initiator is not going to be waiting for the response that long.
Change this to 1 second based on the DPP tech spec change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-12-02 12:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
55c6c85855 DPP: Extend dpp_test with invalid Transaction ID in Peer Disc Req
Allow a Transaction ID attribute with invalid length to be sent for
protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 21:56:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa5c907495 DPP: Call wpas_dpp_stop() from wpas_dpp_deinit()
This makes the full DPP deinit operation more consistent with stopping
of a single operation. In practice, this adds the new GAS client
stopping functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 00:11:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1866dfb52c DPP: Stop pending GAS client operation on DPP_STOP_LISTEN
This makes the operation more complete in stopping all ongoing DPP
related functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-30 00:08:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ed62d40116 DPP: Deinit PKEX instance on DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously this stopped only the DPP Authentication instance, but it is
better to clear both PKEX and Authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-29 12:24:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3cb7ebe1b DPP: Do not process dpp_auth_ok_on_ack multiple times
An additional TX status callback could result in processing the DPP
authentication completion another time at least with hostapd. Fix this
by clearing the dpp_auth_ok_on_ack when processing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 20:20:26 +02:00
Ashok Ponnaiah
dc2f24f1b2 DPP: Fix compilation without CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
Add CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS ifdef protection to couple of forgotten DPP
test parameters in wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Ponnaiah <aponnaia@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 17:30:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
82feacced0 DPP: Ignore GAS server status callback for unknown response
It was possible for a timeout from an old GAS server operation to
trigger DPP configuration failure during the subsequent DPP operation.
Fix this by verifying that the status callback is for the response
generated during the same DPP Authentication/Configuration exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:48:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2588be82c DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN support to hostapd
Configurator signing its own Connector was previously supported only in
wpa_supplicant. This commit extends that to hostapd to allow an AP
acting as a Configurator to self-configure itself.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-27 13:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acc555f9e6 DPP: Allow PKEX x/X and y/Y keypairs to be overridden
This is for testing purposes to allow a test vector with specific values
to be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-24 01:41:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bdc47a945 DPP: Allow PKEX own/peer MAC addresses to be overridden
This is for testing purposes to allow a test vector with specific values
to be generated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 23:47:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af4103e5e9 DPP: Provide peer_mac to PKEX Initiator through function argument
Avoid unnecessary direct write to a struct dpp_pkex member from outside
dpp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 23:32:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3ca4be1eaa DPP: Remove compiler warnings about signed/unsigned comparisons
These timestamp comparisons did not use matching signedness.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:31:12 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
cc79e06f00 hostapd: Add wpa_msg_ctrl() to report Probe Request frames from STA
This allows external applications to get event indication for Probe
Request frames. Extend ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH" to enable this event on
per-request basis. For example, user has to send ctrl iface cmd "ATTACH
probe_rx_events=1" to enable the Probe Request frame events.

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 20:12:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0db637ca80 DPP: Fix number of Authentication Request retry cases
Previous implementation did not handle number of sequences correctly.
Make sure the iteration continues in both unicast and broadcast cases
until the five attempts have been made. In addition, improve timing by
checking 10 second time from the beginning of each iteration round and
not the last channel on which the Auth Req frame has been transmitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 13:08:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
921f5acd17 DPP: Take response wait time into account for init retries
Previously, the Authentication Request frame was retried after 2+10 = 12
seconds since the wait for the response was not accounted for. Substract
that wait from the 10 second wait time to start the retries more quickly
based on the 10 second timer described in the tech spec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 00:42:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
248264c622 DPP: Stop Authentication Request attempts if no response after ACK
If unicast Authentication Request frame is used and the peer ACKs such a
frame, but does not reply within the two second limit, there is no need
to continue trying to retransmit the request frames since the peer was
found, but not responsive.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-23 00:22:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e3a5882b3e DPP: Add SAE credential support to Configurator
The new conf={sta,ap}-{sae,psk-sae} parameter values can now be used to
specify that the legacy configuration object is for SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 21:24:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5dd745b738 DPP: Add akm=sae and akm=psk+sae support in Enrollee role
This allows DPP to be used for enrolling credentials for SAE networks in
addition to the legacy PSK (WPA-PSK) case. In addition, enable FT-PSK
and FT-SAE cases automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 21:23:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00d2d13db2 DPP: Retry PKEX Exchange Request frame up to five times
Retransmit the PKEX Exchange Request frame if no response from a peer is
received. This makes the exchange more robust since this frame is sent
to a broadcast address and has no link layer retries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-22 15:54:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b8de0c929 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Peer Discovery Req/Resp values
Extend dpp_test to allow more invalid attribute values to be written
into Peer Discovery Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 17:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cf7d03f1 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Attrib Object value
Extend dpp_test to cover a case where Config Attrib Object value is
invalid in Configuration Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95b0104a34 DPP: Retransmit DPP Authentication Response frame if it is not ACKed
This extends wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to retransmit DPP
Authentication Response frame every 10 seconds up to 5 times if the peer
does not reply with DPP Authentication Confirm frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1d3773967 DPP: Stop authentication exchange of DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously, this command stopped listen operation immediately, but if
there was an ongoing authentication exchange, a new listen operation was
started. This is not really expected behavior, so stop the
authentication exchange first with this command to avoid restarting
listen operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f082644c DPP: Allowed initiator to indicate either role
The new role=either parameter can now be used with DPP_AUTH_INIT to
indicate that the initiator can take either the Configurator or Enrollee
role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f97ace34cb DPP: Support multiple channels for initiating DPP Authentication
This extends wpa_supplicant to iterate over all available channels from
the intersection of what the peer indicates and the local device
supports when initiating DPP Authentication. In addition, retry DPP
Authentication Request frame up to five times if no response is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de02986189 DPP: Share a helper function for PKEX final steps
Generate the PKEX bootstrapping information and release the PKEX session
in a helper function that both the initiator and responder can use
instead of maintaining this functionality separately in two places.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 10:30:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a306ed5a58 DPP: Protocol testing to allow missing attributes in peer discovery
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-06 12:40:18 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
37ed3254de P2P: ACS offload for the autonomous GO
This commit introduces the ACS functionality for the autonomous GO. The
optional parameter <freq> in p2p_group_add is enhanced to carry a value
"acs" with the intention to select the channels among any supported
band. freq = 2 / 5 carry the need to select the channels only in the
respective bands 2.4 / 5 GHz. This functionality is on top of the host
driver's capability to offload ACS, which is advertized through
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29ab69e4b0 DPP: PKEX counter t
Add limit on number of failed attempts that could have used PKEX code.
If the limit (5) is reached, drop the PKEX state (including the code)
and report this on the control interface to indicate that a new code
needs to be entered due to possible attack.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
039b8e7369 DPP: Terminate PKEX exchange on detection of a mismatching code
Clean up the pending PKEX exchange if Commit-Reveal Request processing
indicates a mismatch in the PKEX code. Previously, the this case was
silently ignored and the session was left in pending state that
prevented new PKEX exchanges from getting initated. Now, a new attempt
is allowed to be initiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0247e7983 DPP: PKEX and STATUS_BAD_GROUP
Report mismatching finite cyclic group with PKEX Exchange Response using
STATUS_BAD_GROUP and provide more detailed error report over the control
interface on the peer device when this happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
219d4c9fcb DPP: Report possible PKEX code mismatch in control interface
Indicate to upper layers if PKEX Commit-Reveal Request frame AES-SIV
decryption fails. That is a likely sign of the PKEX code mismatch
between the devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69d8d029f5 DPP: Enable PMF when adding wpa_supplicant network profile
DPP AKM should really require PMF to be used, but since that is not yet
explicitly required in the specification, make PMF enabled for now. For
legacy PSK cases, configure PMF to be enabled as well to support both
APs in no-PMF, optional-PMF, and required-PMF configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-01 17:14:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d270920692 DPP: Negotiation channel change request from Initiator
Allow the Initiator to request a different channel to be used for DPP
Authentication and DPP Configuration exchanges. This commit adds support
for this in wpa_supplicant with the optional neg_freq=<freq in MHz>
parameter in DPP_AUTH_INIT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 16:08:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7dddab7be DPP: Allow testing override values to be cleared
This allows wpa_supplicant dpp_config_obj_override,
dpp_discovery_override, and dpp_groups_override parameters to be cleared
by setting them to a zero-length value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 12:23:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e85b660129 DPP: Add DPP Status attribute into Peer Discovery Response
This was added in DPP tech spec v0.2.7 to allow result of network
introduction to be reported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 12:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26806abe85 DPP: Report invalid messages and failure conditions in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af48810ba3 DPP: Report transmitted messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.
Both the DPP-TX and DPP-TX-STATUS events are provided.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a707393494 DPP: Report received messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27fefbbb76 DPP: Remove unnecessary Wrapped Data checks from callers
Now that dpp_check_attrs() takes care of verifying that no attributes
are after the Wrapped Data attribute, the duplicated checks in hostapd
and wpa_supplicant side of the implementation can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60239f60a6 DPP: Protocol testing framework
Add a generic mechanism for configuring the DPP implementation to behave
in particular different (mostly incorrect) ways for protocol testing
purposes. The new dpp_test parameter can be set to a non-zero integer to
indicate a specific behavior. This is only available in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

This commit include cases for an extra attribute being added after the
Wrapped Data attribute and Initiator/Responder capabilities having an
unexpected zero capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7ed5337d8c Fix a typo in a debug message
This radio_work_free() message was missing the closing parenthesis.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
de41b960b6 wpa_supplicant: Increase UDP control interface RX buffer
Seems like some test cases, e.g., ap_wpa2_psk_ext_retry_msg_3c, require
larger buffer than 256 bytes.

In other case I fail such test cases when run on real HW and using:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote

Increase the RX buffer from 256 to 4096 bytes to match the other control
interface cases.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
2017-10-21 12:00:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be5bc98a8 DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for PKEX frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc4d271c6d DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for DPP Authentication frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 22:51:30 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
6338c99efa FILS: Send updated connection parameters to drivers if needed
After an initial connection wpa_supplicant derives ERP information which
can be used in doing eventual authentications in the same realm. This
information can be used by drivers with offloaded FILS support to do
driver/firmware initiated roamings. Add support to send this updated
information to such drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 01:19:42 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
d2ba0d719e Move assoc param setting into a helper function
This is needed to be able to use the same implementation for updating
the connection parameters in the driver during an association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 01:19:42 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b0a21e228d FILS: Update replay counter from roam info
Update the replay counter after a roam for all cases. This restores the
design back to what it was before commit
01ef320f19 ('FILS: Update ERP next
sequence number with driver offload').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:26:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
daa4096084 Allow last (Re)Association Request frame to be replayed for testing
The new wpa_supplicant RESEND_ASSOC command can be used to request the
last (Re)Association Request frame to be sent to the AP to test FT
protocol behavior.

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
751f5b2933 Allow EAPOL-Key Request to be sent through control interface
The new wpa_supplicant "KEY_REQUEST <error=0/1> <pairwise=0/1>" command
can be used to request an EAPOL-Key Request frame to be sent to the AP.

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb06748f45 Make last received ANonce available through control interface
This makes it easier to debug 4-way handshake implementation issues
without having to use a sniffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16579769ff Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys
This can be used to test replay protection. The "RESET_PN" command in
wpa_supplicant and "RESET_PN <addr>" command in hostapd resets the local
counters to zero for the last configured key. For hostapd, the address
parameter specifies which STA this operation is for or selects GTK
("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff") or IGTK ("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff IGTK").

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:43:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0bf1b68c0 Remove all PeerKey functionality
This was originally added to allow the IEEE 802.11 protocol to be
tested, but there are no known fully functional implementations based on
this nor any known deployments of PeerKey functionality. Furthermore,
PeerKey design in the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 standard has already been
marked as obsolete for DLS and it is being considered for complete
removal in REVmd.

This implementation did not really work, so it could not have been used
in practice. For example, key configuration was using incorrect
algorithm values (WPA_CIPHER_* instead of WPA_ALG_*) which resulted in
mapping to an invalid WPA_ALG_* value for the actual driver operation.
As such, the derived key could not have been successfully set for the
link.

Since there are bugs in this implementation and there does not seem to
be any future for the PeerKey design with DLS (TDLS being the future for
DLS), the best approach is to simply delete all this code to simplify
the EAPOL-Key handling design and to get rid of any potential issues if
these code paths were accidentially reachable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
adae51f8b9 WNM: Ignore WNM-Sleep Mode Response without pending request
Commit 03ed0a5239 ('WNM: Ignore WNM-Sleep
Mode Response if WNM-Sleep Mode has not been used') started ignoring the
response when no WNM-Sleep Mode Request had been used during the
association. This can be made tighter by clearing the used flag when
successfully processing a response. This adds an additional layer of
protection against unexpected retransmissions of the response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a34ca59e4d SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (STA)
The new sae_password network profile parameter can now be used to set
the SAE password instead of the previously used psk parameter. This
allows shorter than 8 characters and longer than 63 characters long
passwords to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:24:19 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
c5aeb4343e P2P: Do not mark DFS channel as invalid if DFS is offloaded to driver
While considering the movement of P2P GO from its current operating
channel, do not mark a DFS channel as invalid if DFS is offloaded
to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 22:36:48 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
f516090228 P2P: Prefer 5/60 GHz band over 2.4 GHz during GO configuration
Previously, wpas_p2p_select_go_freq_no_pref() ended up selecting a 2.4
GHz band channel first before even considering 5 or 60 GHz channels.
This was likely done more or less by accident rather than by design when
the 5 GHz and 60 GHz band extensions were added. It seems reasonable to
enhance this by reordering the code to start with 5 and 60 GHz operating
classes and move to 2.4 GHz band only if no channel was available in 5
or 60 GHz bands for P2P GO use.

This does have some potential interop issues with 2.4 GHz only peer
devices when starting up an autonomous GO (i.e., without there being
prior knowledge of channels that the peers support). Upper layers are
expected to enforce 2.4 GHz selection if that is needed for some use
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 17:01:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
265bda3444 OWE: Allow DH Parameters element to be overridden for testing purposes
This allows CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds of wpa_supplicant to
override the OWE DH Parameters element in (Re)Association Request frames
with arbitrary data specified with the "VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 13 <IE>"
command. This is only for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 18:26:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c19ea3f21 DPP: Add the crypto suite field to the frames
This additional field was added to DPP Public Action frames in DPP tech
spec v0.2.3 to support cryptographic agility in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:30:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c77e2ff096 DPP: Remove C-sign-key expiry
This was removed in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:17:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
109704657d OWE: Support station SME-in-driver case
Previously, only the SME-in-wpa_supplicant case was supported. This
extends that to cover the drivers that implement SME internally (e.g.,
through the cfg80211 Connect command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:35:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a78c36194 OWE: PMKSA caching in station mode
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow PMKSA caching to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec9f483774 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in station
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow DH groups 20 and 21
to be used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256). The group
is configured using the new network profile parameter owe_group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a12edd163 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow DH groups 20 and 21 to be
used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8b9649012 OWE: Transition mode support on station side
Add support for using the OWE Transition Mode element to determine the
hidden SSID for an OWE BSS that is used in transition mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
675112df1b OWE: Set PMK length properly on supplicant side
sm->pmk_len was not set when deriving the PMK as part of OWE key
generation. This depending on wpa_sm_set_pmk_from_pmksa() call resetting
the value to the default. While this worked for many cases, this is not
correct and can have issues with network profile selection based on
association information. For example, the OWE transition mode cases
would hit an issue here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
63bc0ab0ed P2P: Allow GO to advertise Interworking element
This adds new wpa_supplicant configuration parameters (go_interworking,
go_access_network_type, go_internet, go_venue_group, go_venue_type) to
add a possibility of configuring the P2P GO to advertise Interworking
element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 14:42:16 +03:00
vamsi krishna
e37cea308e OCE: Update default scan IEs when OCE is enabled/disabled
Update the default scan IEs when OCE is enabled/disabled to the
driver/firmware, so that the correct IEs will be sent out by the
driver/firmware in Probe Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-01 18:47:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61a56c1480 Add group_mgmt network parameter for PMF cipher selection
The new wpa_supplicant network parameter group_mgmt can be used to
specify which group management ciphers (AES-128-CMAC, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, BIP-CMAC-256) are allowed for the network. If not
specified, the current behavior is maintained (i.e., follow what the AP
advertises). The parameter can list multiple space separate ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 17:40:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60ed2f24eb Suite B: Add tls_suiteb=1 parameter for RSA 3k key case
This adds phase1 parameter tls_suiteb=1 into wpa_supplicant
configuration to allow TLS library (only OpenSSL supported for now) to
use Suite B 192-bit level rules with RSA when using >= 3k (3072) keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-17 00:09:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5030d7d9fd DPP: Allow raw hex PSK to be used for legacy configuration
The new psk=<hexdump> can be used as an alternative to pass=<passphrase>
when configuring the DPP Configurator with a legacy network parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:54:31 +03:00
Lior David
3c7863f812 wpa_supplicant: Support dynamic update of wowlan_triggers
Previously, wowlan_triggers were updated in kernel only during startup.
Also update it whenever it is set from the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Lior David
3031133983 mesh: Move writing of mesh_rssi_threshold inside CONFIG_MESH
Previously, the code that writes mesh_rssi_threshold to a network block
always executes, but the code that reads it from network block and the
code that initializes it to a default value in a new network block are
inside #ifdef CONFIG_MESH. As a result when writing a config file it
will write mesh_rssi_threshold (since it has a non-default value) and
later fail to read the network block.

Fix this by moving the write code under #ifdef CONFIG_MESH as well.
Note, network blocks which already have mesh_rssi_threshold because of
the bug will still fail to read after the fix.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-12 17:17:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2efc672075 Fix RSN pre-authentication regression with pre-connection scan results
The introduction of radio works and a delayed callback to complete
association/connection requests ended up breaking RSN pre-authentication
candidate list generation for the case of pre-connection scan results.
Previously, wpa_supplicant_associate() set the RSN state machine
configuration before returning and the calls to
wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results() immediately after this
function call were working fine. However, with the radio work callback,
the RSN state machine configuration started to happen only in that
callback which would be called soon after this code path has completed.
This resulted in the RSN state machine not knowing the selected SSID and
as such, rejecting all pre-authentication candidates.

Fix this by setting the RSN state machine configuration from
wpa_supplicant_associate() so that the existing callers of
wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results() can be used as-is to add
candidates for pre-authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-12 16:47:02 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7612e65b9b mka: Add error handling for secy_init_macsec() calls
secy_init_macsec() can fail (if ->macsec_init fails), and
ieee802_1x_kay_init() should handle this and not let MKA run any
further, because nothing is going to work anyway.

On failure, ieee802_1x_kay_init() must deinit its kay, which will free
kay->ctx, so ieee802_1x_kay_init callers (only ieee802_1x_alloc_kay_sm)
must not do it. Before this patch there is a double-free of the ctx
argument when ieee802_1x_kay_deinit() was called.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2017-09-10 22:23:25 +03:00
Adiel Aloni
2c66c7d115 wpa_supplicant: Check length when building ext_capability in assoc_cb
When building wpa_ie in wpas_start_assoc_cb() with ext_capab,
make sure that assignment does not exceed max_wpa_ie_len.

Signed-off-by: Adiel Aloni <adiel.aloni@intel.com>
2017-09-10 22:16:06 +03:00
Saurav Babu
cdf2501494 dbus: Add new interface property to get mesh group
Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Saurav Babu
190f6f1176 dbus: Add new interface property to get connected mesh peers
Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Saurav Babu
a9de99b1c5 dbus: Add MeshPeerDisconnected signal
This is similar to the control interface event MESH-PEER-DISCONNECTED.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Saurav Babu
9b0701fbf5 dbus: Add MeshPeerConnected signal
This is similar to the control interface event MESH-PEER-CONNECTED.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:35 +03:00
Saurav Babu
a39b040b4c dbus: Add MeshGroupRemoved signal
This is similar to the control interface event MESH-GROUP-REMOVED.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2017-09-09 14:12:33 +03:00
Saurav Babu
89e9cd25d2 dbus: Add MeshGroupStarted signal
This introduces a new interface for mesh and adds a signal that
is similar to the control interface event MESH-GROUP-STARTED.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2017-09-09 14:01:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0f19e9c74 SAE: Allow commit fields to be overridden for testing purposes (STA)
The new "SET sae_commit_override <hexdump>" control interface command
can be used to force wpa_supplicant to override SAE commit message
fields for testing purposes. This is included only in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6f238f217 DPP: Add base64 dependency in makefiles
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:31:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85fd8263a5 DPP: Use Transaction ID in Peer Discovery Request/Response frames
DPP tech spec changed the contents of these frames by replacing the
public key hash attributes with a Transaction ID attribute that gets
copied from the request to the response to identify the transaction in a
simpler manner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 12:51:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4bf007877 DPP: Remove devices object from the connector
This was removed from the draft DPP tech spec, so remove it from the
implementation as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-22 23:46:27 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b5bf84ba39 WNM: Differentiate between WNM for station and for AP in build
Previously, CONFIG_WNM enabled build that supports WNM for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode WNM is required and there is no need for AP mode WNM.

Add support to differentiate between station mode WNM and AP mode
WNM in wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_WNM_AP that should be
used when AP mode WNM support is required in addition to station mode
WNM. This allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require
only the station side WNM functionality.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-18 13:28:09 +03:00
Avraham Stern
922dcf1b45 RRM: Remove duplicate frequencies from beacon report scan request
When setting the frequencies for beacon report request scan, it is
possible that a frequency is added twice (e.g., when the same channel
appears both in the channel field and in the AP channel report
subelement). This may cause the scan request to fail.
Make sure the frequencies array contains no duplications before
requesting the scan.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-17 18:04:34 +03:00
Avraham Stern
705e2909c6 RRM: Send response when Beacon report request is not supported/refused
Send Radio Measurement response with measurement mode set to reject
in the following cases:
 1. Reporting conditions is not supported.
 2. No valid channels found for the measurement

Sending a response with an incapable indication will stop the AP from
sending other measurement requests of the same type as specified
in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 11.11.6.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-17 18:00:56 +03:00
Avraham Stern
3756acfd48 RRM: Send Radio Measurement response when beacon report scan fails
When failing to trigger scan for beacon report (e.g., when the
requested duration is not supported by the driver), send a
Radio Measurement response with the mode set to refused and don't
retry the scan.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-17 17:57:41 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b3c148e9f8 RRM: Send reject/refuse response only to unicast measurement request
IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 11.11.6 specifies that a station that is unable to
make a requested measurement or refuses to make a measurement shall
respond only if the measurement request was received within an
individually addressed radio measurement request frame, but shall not
respond if such a request was received in a group addressed frame.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-17 17:43:32 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
51143af7e7 wpa_cli: Fix global control interface for STA-FIRST/STA-NEXT
If global control interface is used and wlan doesn't support P2P,
   wpa_s->global->p2p == NULL, and log shows:
wpa_supplicant: Failed to create interface p2p-dev-wlan0: -5 (I/O error)
wpa_supplicant: nl80211: Failed to create a P2P Device interface p2p-dev-wlan0
wpa_supplicant: P2P: Failed to enable P2P Device interface

Then STA-FIRST/STA-NEXT is not going to redirect to any interface,
making update_stations(ctrl_conn) is stuck in never-ending loop:

sendto(3, "STA-FIRST", 9, 0, NULL, 0)   = 9
pselect6(4, [3], NULL, NULL, {10, 0}, NULL) = 1 (in [3], left {9, 999995000})
recvfrom(3, "UNKNOWN COMMAND\n", 4095, 0, NULL, NULL) = 16
sendto(3, "STA-NEXT UNKNOWN COMMAND", 24, 0, NULL, 0) = 24
pselect6(4, [3], NULL, NULL, {10, 0}, NULL) = 1 (in [3], left {9, 999995833})
recvfrom(3, "UNKNOWN COMMAND\n", 4095, 0, NULL, NULL) = 16
sendto(3, "STA-NEXT UNKNOWN COMMAND", 24, 0, NULL, 0) = 24
pselect6(4, [3], NULL, NULL, {10, 0}, NULL) = 1 (in [3], left {9, 999995000})
recvfrom(3, "UNKNOWN COMMAND\n", 4095, 0, NULL, NULL) = 16
sendto(3, "STA-NEXT UNKNOWN COMMAND", 24, 0, NULL, 0) = 24

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2017-07-17 14:54:42 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
2b9891bd6e OpenSSL: Add build option to select default ciphers
Add a build option to select different default ciphers for OpenSSL
instead of the hardcoded default "DEFAULT:!EXP:!LOW".

This new option is useful on distributions where the security level
should be consistent for all applications, as in Fedora [1]. In such
cases the new configuration option would be set to "" or
"PROFILE=SYSTEM" to select the global crypto policy by default.

[1] https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/CryptoPolicy

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:55:22 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
332aadb8a2 STA: Add OCE capability indication attribute
Add OCE capability indication attribute in Probe Request and
(Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:19:53 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b377ec2585 FILS: Fix issuing FILS connect to a non-FILS AP in driver-FILS case
If an AP is not FILS capable and wpa_supplicant has a saved network
block for the network with FILS key management and a saved erp info,
wpa_supplicant might end up issuing a FILS connection to a non-FILS AP.
Fix this by looking for the presence of FILS AKMs in wpa_s->key_mgmt,
i.e., after deciding on the AKM suites to use for the current
connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Ilan Peer
422570eec8 MBO: Fix possible memory leak in anqp_send_req()
In case that an mbo object is allocated, but there is a failure
to resize the wpabuf, need to free the mbo object.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:14:03 +03:00
Avraham Stern
23eead4d74 RRM: Filter scan results by parent TSF only if driver supports it
Scan results with parent TSF older than the scan start TSF are not added
to the beacon report since they are considered as scan results from
previous scans. However, for drivers that report the scan start TSF but
not the parent TSF of each scan result, the parent TSF will be zero so
valid scan results will be dropped.

Fix this by filtering scan results by the parent TSF only if the
driver supports reporting the parent TSF for each scan result.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
d02e4c8ac8 P2P: Clear get_pref_freq_list_override on P2P Device
Clear the get_pref_freq_list_override in p2p_ctrl_flush(). This fixes
the case when a dedicated P2P device interface is used.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:28 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bfbc41eace DPP: Fix compilation without openssl
dpp.h file requires openssl in order to compile, which breaks
compilation on systems without it.
Move DPP_OUI_TYPE to ieee802_11_defs.h and don't include dpp.h when
not really needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-07-07 23:37:45 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
cc6088463a P2P: Allow auto GO on DFS channels if driver supports this
If a DFS forced frequency is provided in 'p2p_group_add' and the driver
supports DFS offload, the frequency was rejected in
wpas_p2p_init_go_params(). However, it was accepted in
wpas_p2p_select_go_freq() and wpas_p2p_group_add(). To make the behavior
consistent, the DFS frequency is now accepted in
wpas_p2p_init_go_params() similar to the way done in
wpas_p2p_select_go_freq().

Redundant check in wpas_p2p_group_add() for DFS forced frequency is
removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:49:01 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
fe3e0bac1f FILS: Advertize FILS capability based on driver capability
Add changes to control interface command get_capability to advertize
FILS capability, FILS AKMs suites, and FILS Authentication algorithms
based on the driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d49aeb762 MBO: Whitespace cleanup
Fix couple of previously missed whitespace issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 02:02:35 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
267fc0dd33 Add wpa_supplicant ctrl iface support to scan for a specific BSSID
Add support to scan for a specific BSSID through the wpa_supplicant
control interface.

Usage: wpa_cli scan bssid=ab:bc:cd🇩🇪ef:12

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 02:02:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f522bb2377 DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN to generate own connector
The DPP Configurator can use this new command to generate its own signed
connector for the network that it manages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 17:48:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
484788b875 DPP: Share bootstrap type to string helper function
This can be used in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:45:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
623f95685d DPP: Allow wpa_cli DPP_CONFIGURATOR_ADD without arguments
All the arguments to this command are optional, so do not mandate at
least one to be included in wpa_cli.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:38:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
787615b381 DPP: Set PMKSA expiration based on peer connector
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:29:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b65b22d60a DPP: Configurator parameters in responder role
This allows wpa_supplicant to be configured to act as the configurator
in the case where a peer device initiates DPP Authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
500ed7f006 DPP: PKEX bootstrapping
This implements genric PKEX functionality in src/common/dpp.c and glue
code to use this in wpa_supplicant (i.e, hostapd DPP implementation does
not yet support PKEX).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
44d6b272cf DPP: Fix configuration item list
This was supposed to use semicolons, not commas..

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
b04854ceff nl80211/MBO: Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to driver
Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to the driver so that the driver
doesn't try to connect to any of the blacklisted BSSIDs during
driver-based roaming operation. This commit includes support only for
the nl80211 driver interface using a QCA vendor command for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-30 17:27:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35f064212c DPP: Allow passphrase to be set for Configurator
The new pass=<hexdump> parameter to DPP_AUTH_INIT can now be used to
specify the passphrase to use in config object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 12:46:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
68cb6dcec1 DPP: Allow SSID to be set for Configurator
The new ssid=<hexdump> parameter to DPP_AUTH_INIT can now be used to
specify the SSID to use in config object.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 12:45:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a82349347d DPP: Add an example python script for QR Code operations
This script can be used to process Android logcat information for
scanned QR Codes (e.g., from Barcode Scanner app) and also to display QR
Codes for locally generated bootstrap keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-22 14:52:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a7182a9c3 DPP: Add DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO command
This can be used to fetch parsed details on bootstrapping information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-22 14:51:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8528994e21 DPP: Automatic network profile creation
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to generate a network profile
automatically based on DPP configuration. The following
dpp_config_processing values can be used to specify the behavior:
0 = report received configuration to an external program for
    processing; do not generate any network profile internally (default)
1 = report received configuration to an external program and generate
    a network profile internally, but do not automatically connect
    to the created (disabled) profile; the network profile id is
    reported to external programs
2 = report received configuration to an external program, generate
    a network profile internally, try to connect to the created
    profile automatically

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-21 18:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da143f7fb9 FILS: Fix EVENT_ASSOC processing checks for driver-SME
Commit 5538fc9309 ('FILS: Track completion
with FILS shared key authentication offload') added an additional case
for calling wpa_supplicant_event_assoc_auth() from EVENT_ASSOC handling
in case of FILS-completion with driver-based-SME. However, that checked
what placed outside the data != NULL case while data != NULL needs to
apply for this case as well due to wpa_supplicant_event_assoc_auth()
behavior. Move the data != NULL check to apply to both cases to avoid
potentially issues if a driver interface were to return EVENT_ASSOC
without the associate data. (CID 164708)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 23:36:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3c0daa13d5 Make wpa_config_read_blob() easier for static analyzers
While encoded == NULL could happen in the case of an empty blob, that
will result in encoded_len == 0 and base64_decode() not derefencing the
src argument. That seems to be too difficult for some static analyzers,
so to avoid false warnings, explicitly reject the encoded == NULL case
without even trying to base64 decode it. (CID 164709)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:30:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0d5c56f8b DPP: Network Introduction protocol for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b979caae57 DPP: Network profile parameters for DPP AKM
Extend wpa_supplicant network profile to include parameters needed for
the DPP AKM: dpp_connector, dpp_netaccesskey, dpp_netaccesskey_expiry,
dpp_csign, dpp_csign_expiry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
567da5bbd0 DPP: Add new AKM
This new AKM is used with DPP when using the signed Connector to derive
a PMK. Since the KCK, KEK, and MIC lengths are variable within a single
AKM, this needs number of additional changes to get the PMK length
delivered to places that need to figure out the lengths of the PTK
components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c2b8204e6 DPP: Integration for hostapd
This adds DPP bootstrapping, authentication, and configuration into
hostapd similarly to how the design was integrated in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9beb2892de DPP: Add wpa_cli commands for DPP operations
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
461d39af40 DPP: Configuration exchange
This adds support for DPP Configuration Protocol using GAS. Full
generation and processing of the configuration object is not included in
this commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:15 +03:00